DCS World Wiki - Hoggitworld.com - User contributions [en]

Georgia At War

2019-06-09T09:33:12Z

Trashfire: /* Friendly Assets */ update to Stennis public Hornet/Tomcat Spawns in text.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

__TOC__

=='''What is Georgia At War?'''==

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LGDcy3TEvIw Overview Video]

Georgia At War is an online, PVE dynamic campaign, where players start with a small foothold in Russian territory near Ukraine and must fight to increase their territory/bases and roll REDFOR back. The campaign is broken into two phases, each of which is a unique MP mission (hosted on the Hoggit Dedicated Server). Phase one starts with BLUFOR operating out of Anapa and making a large push to capture the airbase at Maykop to push REDFOR south and expand BLUFOR's area of operations. Once Maykop has been cleared and is under BLUFOR control, Phase two kicks off and BLUFOR switches gears and pushes for Sukhumi Airport (as well as several larger strategic objectives). Players must clear and capture territory to create forward bases to keep the pressure up on the enemy and to keep their airfields supplied. You are pitted against an AI commander who will react to your actions, he'll counter-attack territory you've captured, capture territory you aren't guarding, and in general do his best to foil your efforts to extend your front line southeast.

=='''Key Concepts'''==

===='''The F10 Menu'''====

The F10 Menu is an integral part of GAW. It can be accessed via the communication menu (when on the ground, the "\" key by default...once airborne, it may be different depending on the module) by pressing F10 on your keyboard or selecting "OTHER" with the mouse. Under the F10 menu, you will find options for:

* Mission/Objective/SAM-threat Status
* Currently available taskings (such as SEAD, Strike, BAI, etc)
* The locations of the various objectives (in either Lat/Long or MGRS, making it easy to quickly setup custom waypoints in your airframe of choice)
* CTLD options for helo logistics operations

===='''Capturing Territory'''====

The overall objective in GAW Phase 2 is to capture Sukhumi and Beslan. There are a number of larger strategic targets in the theater now as well, and destroying them will affect the forces that the REDFOR Commander is able to employ against you. Capturing territory/bases other than just Sukhumi is important for 2 reasons:

* There are a limited amount of stores available at Maykop. Capturing enemy-held FARPs will allow for the resupply of airbases.
* The more airfields/FARPs you hold, the more options you have for staging your attack. Granted, this doesn't matter as much if you're in a pointy-nosed fast jet, but the guys in helos will appreciate the ability to spawn in nearer the action.

There are 2 ways to capture an airfield or FARP. The first step is always to clear out any REDFOR forces in the vicinity...even a single piece of AAA left behind can easily shred one of our transport aircraft/helos. It's important to remember that, since the mission is dynamic, the threat might be aircraft, it might be SAMs, etc. Now that the area is secured, there are two ways to capture it:

* Utilize the F10 menu and send a transport (C-130 or UH-60) to the airfield or FARP.
* A player flown helo can load up troops/vehicles via the F10 CTLD scripting and deliver them to the location, which will capture the area.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

===='''Completing Missions'''====

The REDFOR commander is in a fairly advantageous tactical position, and has a diverse collection of battlefield assets to make your life difficult. While it might be possible with a large, coordinated package to plan/execute a strike directly against Maykop from the onset of hostilities, BLUFOR will most likely need to strike at some of these assets and open up a corridor for strikes directly on Maykop. To see a list of all the available missions, use the F10 menu and select "Get Current Missions". Missions are categorized by type:

'''SEAD'''

SEAD (Suppression of Enemy Air Defenses) and DEAD (Destruction of Enemy Air Defenses) missions are one of the most important mission types (especially at the beginning of the conflict). SEAD missions are crucial to opening up the corridor for aircraft to begin striking at Maykop, and they do so by seeking out and destroying strategic enemy air defenses (such as SA-10, SA-11, and SA-6 batteries). [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wmRbcDTTi6w Su-25T SEAD Guide]

'''Air Interdiction'''

BAI (Battlefield Air Interdiction) missions primarily will have you search out and destroy enemy armor, artillery, or otherwise mechanized units. As these units can pose a serious threat to BLUFOR FARPs and airfields as well as low flying vehicles like the logistics/support helos, it is important to find and destroy them ASAP.

'''Strike'''

There are a number of known targets in Russia (power plants, ammo dumps, etc) that have been deemed important enough to destroy. Strikes are important because a successful strike mission can degrade the AI REDFOR commander's ability to make decisions and make him less effective overall.

'''Intercepts'''

These are air-to-air missions to destroy enemy airborne high-value assets like tankers and AWACS to deny the enemy use of those resources. Destroying the REDFOR AWACS platform greatly reduces their fighters ability to find/attack BLUFOR air assets.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

'''CAP'''

CAP (Combat Air Patrol) is not a mission type you can select from the F10 menu, but it is one of the most important missions in GAW. Without constant/coordinated CAP, the REDFOR fighters will tear through BLUFOR strike aircraft and support helos. There's AI BLUFOR AWACS up (unless they've been shot down or damaged by enemy interceptors) that will assist you with finding the REDFOR fighters. Also, there are frequently human controllers that perform GCI/AWACS services and orchestrate the air battle. It is important to be on SRS, because human controllers are much more efficient when handling a complicated battlespace than the AWACS AI.

'''VIP Intercept (New for Phase 2)'''

Occasionally, BLUFOR AWACS may detect the presence of airborne REDFOR recce aircraft and notify you via a mission message. If one of these targets of opportunity present itself, it is vital that it be shot down. If the aircraft is destroyed, a second message will be broadcast that informs pilots of the intel location. Strike/CAS aircraft should make sure the spot is secure enough for a helo to land and recover the intel, and then you'll want to coordinate with CAP aircraft and a helo pilot so that they can recover the information without being shot down by enemy fighters. Once the helo has recovered at Maykop, via landing and using the F10 menu, the intel will be reviewed and follow up strike missions may be made available.

===='''Logistics'''====

GAW utilizes CTLD to allow players in helicopters to ferry troops to airfields/FARPs to capture them, and to deploy units like SAMs/EW/TOW-equipped-HMMWV's to fortify and defend the front line.

The helicopters capable of using CTLD in this fashion are the Huey and the Mi-8. These helicopters are available from the start at the Maykop area FARPs, and become available at new FARPS and airfields as they are captured. As you can imagine, this means that capturing new territory is incredibly important as it allows you to quickly build fortifications on your front line to defend from enemy counter attacks, and gives both CAP and strike aircraft cushions to operate in free from harassment from enemy aircraft.

Anywhere that you see green smoke is a "logistics zone." In these ares, you're able to pick up troops, or spawn crates to build SAMs and other-units. These are always relatively close to the airfield where the spawn is located. As you capture airfields, you'll also unlock new logistics zones close to the airfields in question. The specifics of using CTLD are outside of the scope of this document, however it all uses the F10 menu under the "CTLD" section, and it is very self explanatory.

[https://wiki.hoggitworld.com/view/Georgia_At_War_Logistics GAW Logistics] for more details.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

===='''Friendly Assets'''====
GAW features a number of AI support units that will help you complete the mission. These units are not invincible, and the AI commander will occasionally call in strikes/sweeps to attempt to destroy them! If they are killed, it will be some time before these assets respawn and arrive on-station again. The different units that you may encounter are:

* '''E-3:''' AWACS provides airborne radar coverage, and is available on 133.000 to provide you with information about the current air-picture.

*'''CVN-74:''' The Stennis is deployed to the Black Sea to support ongoing operations. It is available to all players utilizing a carrier-capable aircraft. Additionally, there are a handful of public spawns for the F/A-18C and F-14 . Please note, that while the weapons stockpiles at the various airbases are very limited, the Stennis does carry a substantially larger amount of firepower. Taking off from Anapa and immediately heading to the carrier to pick up a full loadout is a common tactic on the server. You will also occasionally see players flying out to the carrier, loading up, and then flying back to Anapa (or other bases) to resupply the stocks of high-in-demand weaponry.

*'''LHA-1:''' The Tarawa is operating out near CVN-74 as well, to support helo and Harrier operations. It operates exactly as the Stennis.

Please note, there are forward observer slots available so players can provide human AWACS/ATC.

==='''Server Schedule and State Saving'''===

The state of the mission is saved every 10 minutes. In terms of objectives, you'll never lose more than 10 minutes worth of progress in the event of a crash.

The server is restarted every 4 hours, the state is saved, and is reloaded on restart.

Territory that is not captured is considered "reinforced" at this time, when the mission reloads all territory held by either blue or red will be fully reinforced with new defense units. It's critical to complete any territorial capture within the three hour window! Even if you destroy every single enemy unit at an airfield, if you don't capture before a restart the commander will reinforce it with a new
complement of defenders!

Players will be given warnings at 30, 20, and 5 minutes before server restart. The server currently cycles between Afternoon, Evening, and Morning missions. While weather is set by METAR of Anapa area when the current miz files were generated.

We will try to schedule updates for the mission and code during one of the three hour restarts. If we are making updates sometimes it will take a mission a little longer to come back up while we apply updates. In some extreme cases (e.g. the mission is bugged or the game executable is struggling) sometimes we might have to restart the mission outside of the three hour normal restarts. in this case we will make every effort to preserve the state and reload it, but it's not guaranteed.

=='''How to get Involved'''==

==='''Discord'''===

Join the [https://discord.gg/hoggit Hoggit Discord] and check out the #welcome and #georgia-at-war channels.

==='''Radios'''===

The server runs [[Simple_Radio_Standalone|Simple Radio]] at "dcs.hoggitworld.com". User Redditbus created a [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1a63VD2WXmShIwpiTTfHuK-5yWKw-3AtXLbv1LBjMyCE/edit#gid=0 google doc] with the radio frequencies we're going to be using. The [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1SbtS7QpBqxN5KbSR8da2qYRCi9ogt4dz37JCfJPLLls/edit?usp=sharing ATC/Airfield Communications Guide] written by Blackbird contains procedures and brevity for Pilots departing from and arriving at Georgia At War airports.

=='''Video Guides'''==

==='''SEAD'''===
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wmRbcDTTi6w Su-25T SEAD Guide]

=='''Current Status'''==

The current status of GAW can be tracked at https://atwar.online/gawgci.php. Also, Hoggy, our Discord Bot, has the server's status available under his name in the discord.

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-17T13:21:03Z

Trashfire: Corrected typos, grammar, and details in introduction paragraph.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is, despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose containing a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targeting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole range of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 2.75" Folding Fin Aerial Rockets (FFAR) in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 Sidearm anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
WIP
----
'''Weapons'''
* AIM-9M infrared guided air to air missile
* BDU-33 dummy bomb trainer (smoke only)
* Mk-81 LD 250lb unguided bomb
* Mk-82 LD 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-83 LD 1000lb unguided bomb
* Mk-81 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 AIR selectable high or low drag 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-20 cluster bomb
* GBU-12 laser guided bomb (LGB)
* GBU-16 LGB
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65D/G Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* TGM-65G Maverick TRAINING missile
* AGM-65H/K Maverick Electro-Optical (EO) guided missile 
* ZUNI Mk71
* FFAR M156 WP
* FFAR Mk1 HE
* FFAR Mk5 HEAT
* 2.75" Rockets M257 (Parachute Illumination), M274 (Practice Smoke), WTU1B (Practice)
* SUU-25 flare dispenser
* '''Not Yet Implemented''' GBU-38 500 lb JDAM
* AGM-122A Sidearm Air to Ground
----
'''Pods'''
* GAU-12A 25mm rotary cannon pod
* AN/AAQ-28 Litening II TGP
* AN/ALQ-164 DECM
* Smokewinder smoke only Sidewinder training pods

=HOTAS=
----
The AV-8B(NA) has a throttle and control stick system for for thrust and flight direction. Additionally, both have additional controls termed "Hands on Throttle and Stick" (HOTAS) to control various various functions, especially combat-critical ones, without taking the hands off the throttle or stick.

== Throttle ==

== Control Stick ==

=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==
1. Redkite tutorial videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLml_c09ciucvv3CIsWImCEqY5XIdbfPxu Full Tutorial Playlist from Redkite] lots of good stuff in here
** Selections from playlist above:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muimzW5T-9A '''TGP Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q_6rfb6vHwQ '''VTOL Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSAsD7Ey3Rk Basic Weapons Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcYD15mqNFA CCIP, CCRP, and Laser guided (JTAC) bombing tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9jCh5a2TAGA AGM65G (IRMAV) Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4g7Pv6Gu7ps Sidearm Tutorial]

==Feature List==
https://razbamsimulations.com/index.php/dcs/av8-b

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-17T13:17:30Z

Trashfire: /* Weapons List */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
WIP
----
'''Weapons'''
* AIM-9M infrared guided air to air missile
* BDU-33 dummy bomb trainer (smoke only)
* Mk-81 LD 250lb unguided bomb
* Mk-82 LD 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-83 LD 1000lb unguided bomb
* Mk-81 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 AIR selectable high or low drag 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-20 cluster bomb
* GBU-12 laser guided bomb (LGB)
* GBU-16 LGB
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65D/G Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* TGM-65G Maverick TRAINING missile
* AGM-65H/K Maverick Electro-Optical (EO) guided missile 
* ZUNI Mk71
* FFAR M156 WP
* FFAR Mk1 HE
* FFAR Mk5 HEAT
* 2.75" Rockets M257 (Parachute Illumination), M274 (Practice Smoke), WTU1B (Practice)
* SUU-25 flare dispenser
* '''Not Yet Implemented''' GBU-38 500 lb JDAM
* AGM-122A Sidearm Air to Ground
----
'''Pods'''
* GAU-12A 25mm rotary cannon pod
* AN/AAQ-28 Litening II TGP
* AN/ALQ-164 DECM
* Smokewinder smoke only Sidewinder training pods

=HOTAS=
----
The AV-8B(NA) has a throttle and control stick system for for thrust and flight direction. Additionally, both have additional controls termed "Hands on Throttle and Stick" (HOTAS) to control various various functions, especially combat-critical ones, without taking the hands off the throttle or stick.

== Throttle ==

== Control Stick ==

=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==
1. Redkite tutorial videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLml_c09ciucvv3CIsWImCEqY5XIdbfPxu Full Tutorial Playlist from Redkite] lots of good stuff in here
** Selections from playlist above:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muimzW5T-9A '''TGP Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q_6rfb6vHwQ '''VTOL Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSAsD7Ey3Rk Basic Weapons Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcYD15mqNFA CCIP, CCRP, and Laser guided (JTAC) bombing tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9jCh5a2TAGA AGM65G (IRMAV) Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4g7Pv6Gu7ps Sidearm Tutorial]

==Feature List==
https://razbamsimulations.com/index.php/dcs/av8-b

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-17T08:04:26Z

Trashfire: /* Feature List */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
WIP
----
'''Weapons'''
* AIM-9M infrared guided air to air missile
* BDU-33 dummy bomb trainer (smoke only)
* Mk-81 LD 250lb unguided bomb
* Mk-82 LD 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-83 LD 1000lb unguided bomb
* Mk-81 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 AIR selectable high or low drag 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-20 cluster bomb
* GBU-12 laser guided bomb (LGB)
* GBU-16 LGB
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65G Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* TGM-65G Maverick TRAINING missile
* ZUNI Mk71
* FFAR M156 WP
* FFAR Mk1 HE
* FFAR Mk5 HEAT
* 2.75" Rockets M257 (Parachute Illumination), M274 (Practice Smoke), WTU1B (Practice)
* SUU-25 flare dispenser
* '''Not Yet Implemented''' GBU-38 500 lb JDAM
* AGM-122A Sidearm Air to Ground
----
'''Pods'''
* GAU-12A 25mm rotary cannon pod
* AN/AAQ-28 Litening II TGP
* AN/ALQ-164 DECM
* Smokewinder smoke only Sidewinder training pods

=HOTAS=
----
The AV-8B(NA) has a throttle and control stick system for for thrust and flight direction. Additionally, both have additional controls termed "Hands on Throttle and Stick" (HOTAS) to control various various functions, especially combat-critical ones, without taking the hands off the throttle or stick.

== Throttle ==

== Control Stick ==

=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==
1. Redkite tutorial videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLml_c09ciucvv3CIsWImCEqY5XIdbfPxu Full Tutorial Playlist from Redkite] lots of good stuff in here
** Selections from playlist above:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muimzW5T-9A '''TGP Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q_6rfb6vHwQ '''VTOL Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSAsD7Ey3Rk Basic Weapons Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcYD15mqNFA CCIP, CCRP, and Laser guided (JTAC) bombing tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9jCh5a2TAGA AGM65G (IRMAV) Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4g7Pv6Gu7ps Sidearm Tutorial]

==Feature List==
https://razbamsimulations.com/index.php/dcs/av8-b

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-17T08:01:54Z

Trashfire: /* Tutorial Videos */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
WIP
----
'''Weapons'''
* AIM-9M infrared guided air to air missile
* BDU-33 dummy bomb trainer (smoke only)
* Mk-81 LD 250lb unguided bomb
* Mk-82 LD 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-83 LD 1000lb unguided bomb
* Mk-81 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 AIR selectable high or low drag 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-20 cluster bomb
* GBU-12 laser guided bomb (LGB)
* GBU-16 LGB
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65G Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* TGM-65G Maverick TRAINING missile
* ZUNI Mk71
* FFAR M156 WP
* FFAR Mk1 HE
* FFAR Mk5 HEAT
* 2.75" Rockets M257 (Parachute Illumination), M274 (Practice Smoke), WTU1B (Practice)
* SUU-25 flare dispenser
* '''Not Yet Implemented''' GBU-38 500 lb JDAM
* AGM-122A Sidearm Air to Ground
----
'''Pods'''
* GAU-12A 25mm rotary cannon pod
* AN/AAQ-28 Litening II TGP
* AN/ALQ-164 DECM
* Smokewinder smoke only Sidewinder training pods

=HOTAS=
----
The AV-8B(NA) has a throttle and control stick system for for thrust and flight direction. Additionally, both have additional controls termed "Hands on Throttle and Stick" (HOTAS) to control various various functions, especially combat-critical ones, without taking the hands off the throttle or stick.

== Throttle ==

== Control Stick ==

=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==
1. Redkite tutorial videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLml_c09ciucvv3CIsWImCEqY5XIdbfPxu Full Tutorial Playlist from Redkite] lots of good stuff in here
** Selections from playlist above:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muimzW5T-9A '''TGP Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q_6rfb6vHwQ '''VTOL Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSAsD7Ey3Rk Basic Weapons Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcYD15mqNFA CCIP, CCRP, and Laser guided (JTAC) bombing tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9jCh5a2TAGA AGM65G (IRMAV) Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4g7Pv6Gu7ps Sidearm Tutorial]

==Feature List==

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-17T07:55:11Z

Trashfire: /* HOTAS */ Preliminary Organization pass on HOTAS section

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
WIP
----
'''Weapons'''
* AIM-9M infrared guided air to air missile
* BDU-33 dummy bomb trainer (smoke only)
* Mk-81 LD 250lb unguided bomb
* Mk-82 LD 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-83 LD 1000lb unguided bomb
* Mk-81 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 AIR selectable high or low drag 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-20 cluster bomb
* GBU-12 laser guided bomb (LGB)
* GBU-16 LGB
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65G Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* TGM-65G Maverick TRAINING missile
* ZUNI Mk71
* FFAR M156 WP
* FFAR Mk1 HE
* FFAR Mk5 HEAT
* 2.75" Rockets M257 (Parachute Illumination), M274 (Practice Smoke), WTU1B (Practice)
* SUU-25 flare dispenser
* '''Not Yet Implemented''' GBU-38 500 lb JDAM
* AGM-122A Sidearm Air to Ground
----
'''Pods'''
* GAU-12A 25mm rotary cannon pod
* AN/AAQ-28 Litening II TGP
* AN/ALQ-164 DECM
* Smokewinder smoke only Sidewinder training pods

=HOTAS=
----
The AV-8B(NA) has a throttle and control stick system for for thrust and flight direction. Additionally, both have additional controls termed "Hands on Throttle and Stick" (HOTAS) to control various various functions, especially combat-critical ones, without taking the hands off the throttle or stick.

== Throttle ==

== Control Stick ==

=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==
1. Redkite tutorial videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLml_c09ciucvv3CIsWImCEqY5XIdbfPxu Full Tutorial Playlist from Redkite] lots of good stuff in here\
** Selections from playlist above:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muimzW5T-9A '''TGP Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q_6rfb6vHwQ '''VTOL Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSAsD7Ey3Rk Basic Weapons Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcYD15mqNFA CCIP, CCRP, and Laser guided (JTAC) bombing tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9jCh5a2TAGA AGM65G (IRMAV) Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4g7Pv6Gu7ps Sidearm Tutorial]

==Feature List==

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-17T07:37:03Z

Trashfire: /* Weapons List */ List of weapons mountable, and identified in AV8B(NA) pocket guide

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
WIP
----
'''Weapons'''
* AIM-9M infrared guided air to air missile
* BDU-33 dummy bomb trainer (smoke only)
* Mk-81 LD 250lb unguided bomb
* Mk-82 LD 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-83 LD 1000lb unguided bomb
* Mk-81 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 SNAKEYE (HD) unguided high drag bomb
* Mk-82 AIR selectable high or low drag 500lb unguided bomb
* Mk-20 cluster bomb
* GBU-12 laser guided bomb (LGB)
* GBU-16 LGB
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65G Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* TGM-65G Maverick TRAINING missile
* ZUNI Mk71
* FFAR M156 WP
* FFAR Mk1 HE
* FFAR Mk5 HEAT
* 2.75" Rockets M257 (Parachute Illumination), M274 (Practice Smoke), WTU1B (Practice)
* SUU-25 flare dispenser
* '''Not Yet Implemented''' GBU-38 500 lb JDAM
* AGM-122A Sidearm Air to Ground
----
'''Pods'''
* GAU-12A 25mm rotary cannon pod
* AN/AAQ-28 Litening II TGP
* AN/ALQ-164 DECM
* Smokewinder smoke only Sidewinder training pods

=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==
1. Redkite tutorial videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLml_c09ciucvv3CIsWImCEqY5XIdbfPxu Full Tutorial Playlist from Redkite] lots of good stuff in here\
** Selections from playlist above:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muimzW5T-9A '''TGP Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q_6rfb6vHwQ '''VTOL Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSAsD7Ey3Rk Basic Weapons Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcYD15mqNFA CCIP, CCRP, and Laser guided (JTAC) bombing tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9jCh5a2TAGA AGM65G (IRMAV) Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4g7Pv6Gu7ps Sidearm Tutorial]

==Feature List==

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-13T13:40:23Z

Trashfire: /* Tutorial Videos */ Add Redkite's videos

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==
1. Redkite tutorial videos:
* [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLml_c09ciucvv3CIsWImCEqY5XIdbfPxu Full Tutorial Playlist from Redkite] lots of good stuff in here\
** Selections from playlist above:
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muimzW5T-9A '''TGP Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q_6rfb6vHwQ '''VTOL Tutorial''']
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSAsD7Ey3Rk Basic Weapons Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcYD15mqNFA CCIP, CCRP, and Laser guided (JTAC) bombing tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9jCh5a2TAGA AGM65G (IRMAV) Tutorial]
** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4g7Pv6Gu7ps Sidearm Tutorial]

==Feature List==

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-13T13:27:04Z

Trashfire: /* Resources */ Formatting update

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==

==Tutorial Videos==

==Feature List==

==HOTAS Configs==

==Mods==

===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

Brevity List

2019-05-13T13:15:36Z

Trashfire: /* Basic Brevity */ Removed inconsistent coloring and alphabetized entries. Fixed some typos.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

__TOC__

== Calling out a contact ==

Perhaps the single most useful line of all brevity is to let other people know where possible enemies are, in a short and concise manner. Thus we use the format '''contact (bandit if confirmed hostile), <relative point (you, friendly unit, bullseye)>, <BRA(A)>'''.

;1. Contact / bandit
: Contact is typically used if the contact is not yet confirmed hostile, bandit is used when contact is confirmed hostile (either via flight or via AWACS / GCI radar control)
:2. Type
: If you know aircraft type, feel free to add that to the call out as well
;3. Relative point
: This is a common point for everyone in the flight to understand; you can use yourself, some other friendly unit (preferably in your flight), a recognizable landmark or the Bullseye (the common point for one side)
;3. <BRA(A)>
: A mnemonic device for remembering Bearing, Range, Altitude, Aspect to give when calling out target information

So if I have an enemy SU-27 Flanker bearing 270 degrees at 9000 feet and 30 nautical miles away, coming in hot from me, I would call this out to my flight (members) as
'bandit, from me, SU-27, BRA(A) 270 at 9000 for 30, hot'

Equally, I could call out what I think is a unknown plane bearing 120 degrees at 3000 and 50 nautical miles away, going away from my flight lead, as
'contact, from flight lead, unknown, BRA(A) 120 at 3000 for 50, cold'

The BRA(A) is typically said in the call out as well for everyone to remember the format used (it becomes a bit of a Pavlovian reaction, really).

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

== Basic Brevity ==

This is the most frequently used brevity, and as such would be wise to know from heart or at least have it somewhere as a print-out so you can easily reference it.

{| class="wikitable"
! colspan="2" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | <big>Basic Jargon</big>
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Brevity
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
|-
| Abort (abort abort)
| Cease action / attack / event / mission
|-
| AGL
| Above Ground Level, obtained from radar altimeter. Moves with ground, such as going over a mountain
|-
| AOA
| Angle of Attack, angle between wind hitting your plane and the root of (centerline through) your wings
|-
| ASL
| Above Sea Level, requires you to know altimeter pressure setting for the barometric altimeter readout
|-
| Aspect (hot / cold / flanking)
| This denotes the attitude of a contact respective to you: hot means he has got his nose on you (and is closing fast), cold means he has his tail on you (nose away, he is trying to run) and flanking means he is heading pure left or right from you
|-
| Bearing
| Given direction on a compass, for example when spotting a target: ''contact bearing 190 (degrees)''
|-
| Bingo
| Minimum fuel state needed for recovery to (air)base
|-
| BRA(A)
| Bearing, Range, Altitude, Aspect format
|-
| Break left/right
| Move immediately in the indicated direction, usually to avoid a threat (ie an enemy fighter)
|-
| '''Call out Contact'''
| '''Unit detected (ie on your RWR), but not sure if friendly or enemy: call out <relative point (you, friendly unit, bullseye)>, <BRA(A)>, '''
|-
| Check six
| Look behind you
|-
| Combat Spread
| Aircraft flying line abreast, with a decent amount of seperation to avoid all getting hit at once (100 - 300 feet)
|-
| Course
| Actual direction of travel in degrees on compass; North 0°, East 90°, South 180°, West 270°
|-
| Fence In/Out
| Set cockpit switches for entering/exiting combat. Exterior lights off, master arm on, etc.
|-
| Heading
| Where my aircraft is pointing on a compass, 0 being North, 90 being East, 180 being South, 270 being West
|-
| Level flight
| Not climbing or descending
|-
| Level wings
| Not banking or rolling
|-
| Situational Awareness (SA)
| Knowing what is going around you at all times: where are enemies, where are friendlies, is my six clear?
|-
| Stall
| Due to extreme AOA, the maximum lift capability is exceeded, resulting in an abrupt loss of lift
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102; color:#000000;" | <big>Weapons Jargon</big>
|-
| Bandit
| Confirmed enemy plane
|-
| Bruiser
| Firing an anti-ship missile like Harpoon or RB-04.
|-
| Buddy
| Confirmed friendly plane
|-
| Buddy (spike)
| Response to 'Raygun'; Friendly unit is actively locking on to me,
|-
| Contact
| Unknown if friendly or enemy plane; neutral until further notice
|-
| Fox # (short, medium, long)
| Shooting a missile (short for near engagement, medium for medium range engagement, long for long range engagement.)
|-
| Fox 1
| Semi active missile, homes onto reflected radar waves emitted from launch aircraft
|-
| Fox 2
| Heat seeking missile, homes in on engine heat from the targeted unit
|-
| Fox 3
| Active missile, first homes on reflected radar like semi-active, then activates its own (usually small) radar
|-
| Fox 4 / Guns, guns, guns
| Firing guns
|-
| Maddog
| Launch of friendly active radar homing missile, such as the AIM-120, without radar guidance from the launch aircraft. The missile will rely on its own radar to find a target and will generally track the first target it sees.
|-
| Magnum
| Launch of an anti-radiation missile, such as an AGM-88 Harm, to kill a SAM site
|-
| Merge(d)
| You and hostile plane(s) are extremely close together: AWACS sees this as a single radar return melted together (merged) and they cannot tell you or them apart
|-
| Nails (type) (o'clock)
| RWR Air contact, ie Nails 21 9 o'clock means Mig-21 contact at your left
|-
| Pickle
| Dropping (un)guided bombs
|-
| Ray Gun
| Try to lock up a contact; if someone calls out buddy (spike) you are locking onto a friendly contact
|-
| Rifle
| Firing an air-to-ground missile, such as a AGM-65 Maverick
|-
| Spike (type) (o'clock)
| RWR Ground contact, ie Spike 15 3 o'clock means SA-15 contact at your right
|}

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

== Carrier Brevity ==

== Master Brevity List ==

This is the Master Brevity List, with all the various brevity / jargon (call outs) and their meaning in this table. Please do yourself a favour and do not manually search for things, but use the search function (CTRL+F) instead!

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Brevity
! style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
|-
| (Number) o´clock
| General direction relative to you, as on a clock face: 12 is ahead, 6 is rear, 3 & 9 are left & right
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | (Rate of) Closure
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Relative rate of approaching aircraft, with respect to your own aircraft
|-
| (V)ID
| Call to identify the target, (Visual) Identification
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | AAA
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Anti-Aircraft Artillery
|-
| AAR
| Air-to-Air Refueling
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Abort (abort abort)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Cease action / attack / event / mission
|-
| ACM
| Air Combat Maneuvring
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Active
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Missile that has its own on-board radar transmitter and receiver for targetting
|-
| AGL
| Above Ground Level, obtained from radar altimeter. Moves with ground, such as going over a mountain
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | AGM
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Air-to-Ground Missile
|-
| Alert 5
| Aircraft on carrier that are on five minute standby for launch, to provide rapid backup
|-
|-
| AMRAAM
| Advanced Medium Range Air-to-Air Missile
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Anchor(ed)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Hold at current / indication position
|-
| Angels
| Altitude in thousands (1000) of feet: Angels 21 is 21,000 feet
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | AOA
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Angle Of Attack, the relation between the air hitting the plane and the direction of travel
|-
| ARM
| Anti-Radiation missile
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | ASL
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Above Sea Level, requires you to know altimeter pressure setting for the barometric altimeter readout
|-
| Asleep
| Enemy SAM is not active and is not expecting friendly units
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | AWACS
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Airborne Warning and Control System
|-
| Awake
| Enemy SAM isactive and is expecting friendly units
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Bandit
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Confired enemy
|-
| BDA
| Battle Damage Assesment, check to see what damage your weapons did
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Bearing
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Given direction on a compass, for example when spotting a target: ''contact bearing 123°''
|-
| Bent
| Broken item on the aircraft: 'The radar is bent'
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | BFM
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Basic Fighter Maneuvring
|-
| Bingo
| Minimum fuel state needed for recovery to (air)base
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Bingo on the ball (aka Trick or Treat)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Aircraft is running out of fuel, so this will be last landing attempt, before diverting to a nearby airfield
|-
| Bittersweet / blue on blue
| Friendly units (accidentally) engaging other friendly units
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Blind
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | No (visual) contact on the target ( / friendly) unit
|-
| Bogey
| Unidentified aircraft (could be hostile or friendly)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Bogey Dope
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Request for target information to nearest (or specified) group, in BRAA
|-
| Bolter
| Aircraft during carrier landing has failed to catch an arresting wire, thus needing to try and land again
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | BRA(A)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Bearing, Range, Altitude, (Aspect: Hot, Flanking or Cold)
|-
| BRC
| Base Recovery Course
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Break (direction)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Call to move in indicated direction, in a high G turn
|-
| Broken Arrow
| Direct all nearby aircraft to the transmitter to provide emergency fire support, troops are being overrun
|-
| Buddy
| Confirmed friendly
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Buddy (spike)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Response to 'Raygun'; Friendly unit is actively locking on to me,
|-
| Bugout
| Moving out in specified direction with no intent to reengage / return
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | BVR
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Beyond Visual Range
|-
| CAP
| Combat Air Patrol, (supporting other units in the area by) engaging hostiles in air-to-air
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | CAS
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Close Air Support, (supporting other units in the area by) engaging ground targets
|-
| CBU
| Cluster Bomb Unit (Mk-20 Rockeye, CBU-87, CBU-97)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | CCZ
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Carrier Controlled Zone
|-
| Cease (action)
| Discontinue, stop (cease fire means stop shooting)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | CG
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Center of Gravity
|-
| Chaff
| Counter measure against radar missiles, kind of similar to glitter on steroids
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Check six
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Look behind you
|-
| Cherubs
| Altitude in hundreds (100) of feet: Cherubs 5 is 500 feet
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Clara
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Pilot has no visual on the 'meatball' or IFLOLS, used for glideslope when landing on a carrier
|-
| Cleared Hot
| Ordinance release / attack is authorized
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Cloak / lights off
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Turn off lights so that only NVG lights are shown on the aircraft
|-
| Combat Spread
| Aircraft flying line abreast, with a decent amount of seperation to avoid all getting hit at once (100 - 300 feet)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Commit
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Intercept group of interest, begin the action
|-
| Contact
| Unit detected at <relative point (you, bullseye, other)>, <BRA>, <hot / cold / flanking>
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Contact
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Detected unit
|-
| Course
| Actual direction of travel in degrees on compass; North 0°, East 90°, South 180°, West 270°
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Covey Launch
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Simultaneous launch of multiple aircraft from the carrier
|-
| Cranking
| Flanking the enemy whilst keeping them locked up in the gimbal edges of the radar
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Danger close
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Friendly units are in close proximity of the target and are likely to be in the splash zone of the weapon
|-
| Declare
| Identify specified group or track(ed target)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Defensive / defending
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Maneuvring to avoid threat (typically a missile)
|-
| Departing (the envelope)
| Leaving / flying outside aircraft limits, aircraft has become uncontrollable
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Drag
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Any impedance to the aicraft's forward movement through the air
|-
| Ease Guns to Land
| Pulling the throttles back on carrier landing (never do this)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | ECM
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Electronic Counter-Measures, to distort the (radar) signals / systems of the enemy
|-
| Engage
| Commence attack, fire control order
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | EW
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Electronic Warfare
|-
| Eyeball
| Visual (EO) or infrared acquisition of a target
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Faded
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Radar contact is lost on previously acquired target
|-
| Feet dry
| Over land
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Feet wet
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Over water
|-
| Fence
| Set cockpit switches as appropriate before entering / exiting the combat area
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Fence In
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Entering enemy controlled airspace (during mission), set weapons hot
|-
| Fence Out
| Leaving enemy airspace (during mission), weapons can be set to cold
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Fireweall
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Push the throttles all the way forward, for maximum engine power output
|-
| Flanking
| Target is heading in a ± 45 degree angle, in a effort to crank / notch you
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Flight
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Group of airplanes in a tasking / mission
|-
| Flight Envelope
| Performance limits of an aircraft
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Flight Level (FL)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Identical to ''Angels''; flight altitude in thousands (1000) of feet; FL 50 is 50 000 feet
|-
| Fox # (short, medium, long)
| Shooting a missile
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Fox 1
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Semi active missile, homes onto reflected radar waves emitted from launch aircraft
|-
| Fox 2
| Heat seeking missile, homes in on engine heat from the targetted unit
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Fox 3
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Active missile, first homes on reflected radar like semi-active, then activates its own small radar
|-
| Fox 4 / Guns, guns, guns
| Firing guns
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Furball / clusterfuck
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Indicating known friendly and non-friendly aircraft in close proximity, such as a dogfight
|-
| GBU
| General purpose Bomb Unit (Mk-82, Mk-82, GBU-12
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | GCI
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Ground Controller Intercept
|-
| Gimbal (limit)
| Limits on a sensor operating range, such as the radar or targetting pod
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Group
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Number of targets close together, typically heading in the same direction
|-
| Heading
| Where my aircraft is pointing on a compass
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Hold fire
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Do not shoot, destroy already launched missiles / weapons
|-
| Hook
| Cue sensor (targetting pod, radar) towards the directed target of interest
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Hostile
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Contact identified as enemy, with clearance to fire
|-
| Hot / cold
| Hot means the contact has the nose pointed towards you, cold means he is going away from you
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | HOTAS
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Hands On Throttle And Stick
|-
| HUD
| Heads-Up Display
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | IFF
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Identification Friend or Foe; determining if the target is hostile or friendly
|-
| IFR
| Instrument Flight Rules: flying with your aircraft instruments in bad weather conditions
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | ILS
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Instrument Landing System
|-
| IMC
| InterMediate Conditions; bad weather
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | In the goo
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | In the clouds, limited visibility
|-
| JDAM
| Joint Direct Attack Munition, typically GPS guided (GBU-31, GBU-38)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Jink(ing)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Unpredictable maneuvers to negate a tracking solution or lock
|-
| JSOW
| Joint StandOff Weapon, glidebomb etc. (AGM-154)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Level flight
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Not climbing or descending
|-
| Laser On
| Call to begin laser illumination (Use this if your buddy is lasing for your munitions).
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Lasing
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | You have begun laser illumination
|-
| Level wings
| Not banking or rolling
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Maddog
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Active missile is launched where its radar is immediately turned on, engaging the first target it sees
|-
| Magnum
| Anti-radiation missile launch
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Mark your father / mom
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Give position relative to the carrier: aircraft number, bearing and range
|-
| Marking
| Contrailing (smoking) / In contrailing altitude: typically > 25,000 and < 40,000 feet
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Markpoint
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Designated point of interest, typically within the datalink / sensor system
|-
| Merge(d)
| Friendlies and targets are in the same visual arena / geographical location
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Mil Power
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | The maximum amount of thrust from a jet engine without engaging the afterburner
|-
| Mother, Boat, Bingo Field
| Aircraft Carrier
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Mud / Spike
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Radar is locking you up, mud denotes ground radar
|-
| Music
| Use of jamming to deny being locked up, either by you, friend, or foe
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Nails
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | RWR contact in search mode
|-
| Naked
| No RWR or (radar) information on enemy
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | No joy
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | No (visual) contact on the target ( / enemy) unit; opposite of 'Tally'
|-
| Notching
| Flying perpendicular to the aircraft attacking you with radar (missiles) to try and spoof the radar (missile)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | On station
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Unit has reached assigned location
|-
| Oops
| What you say after you let an SU-27 get on your wingman's six o'clock
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Orbit(ing
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Hold current / indicated position, typically in a circular orbit above the indicated location
|-
| Overshoot
| Being forced out in front of an opposing aircraft, most likely due to having too much airspeed
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Package
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Group of different aircraft combined to perform a single mission
|-
| Padlocked
| Crew cannot takes eyes off the target without losing it
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Passive
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Receiving signals without needing to emit your own signals to obtain data
|-
| Payload
| Usefull loadout of an aircraft, including ordinance, fuel, etc.
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Pickle
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | (Cluster / General-purpose) Bomb Unit release
|-
| Picture
| Request for AWACS to provide air information / air overview relevant to mission
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Pitbull
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Missile has gone active (turned on its own radar)
|-
| Pk
| Probability of kill
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Pop-up
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Units have suddenly appeared
|-
| Press
| Pushing on to the enemy you are engaging (shortly)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | PRF
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Pulse Repetition Frequencies
|-
| Pucker Factor
| Method of rating (dangerous) missions, from 0 to 10 (0 being the lowest, 10 being the highest)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Punch out
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | To eject from the airplane
|-
| Radar (Radio Detection And Ranging)
| A pulsed beam of energy used to scan for, detect, and return information about a target
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Raygun
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Locking up an unknown target, querying the IFF response from friendly units
|-
| Rejoin
| Return to close formation flight
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Rifle
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Air to ground missile launch
|-
| ROE
| Rules Of Engagement, dicates how you are to engage targets (ie return fire only)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | RWR
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Radar Warning Receiver, reads and presents current radar signals spiking your aircraft
|-
| SAM
| Surface-to-Air Missile
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | SAM (direction)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Visual acquisition of SAM in flight or SAM launch, including position reference
|-
| Section
| Flights are divided into sections of 2 - 3 aircraft (similar to fireteams in a squad)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Semi-active
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | (Missile) Has its own radar receiver, but targets reflected radar waves / illumination from the host aircraft
|-
| Shack
| Weapons impact on ground (unit)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Situational Awareness (SA)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Knowing what is going around you at all times: where are enemies, where are friendlies, is my six clear?
|-
| Sparkle
| IR Pointer (from a Targetting Pod)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Spike
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Threat on the RWR receiver: 'Badger 1-1 has an SA-10 spike at twelve o'clock'
|-
| Splash
| Enemy target hit
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Stack
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Two or more contacts are in close together (in a group)
|-
| Stall
| Due to high / low AOA, the maximum lift capability is exceeded, resulting in an abrupt loss of lift
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Status
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Report situation
|-
| STOVL
| Short Take-Off and Vertical Landing
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Tally (Ho)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Recognition of an enemy unit; opposite of 'No Joy'
|-
| TFR
| Terrain Following Radar
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | TLAR
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | That Looks About Right; winging it
|-
| Trashed
| Missile has been defeated
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | VFR
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Visual Flight Rules; fly by your eyesight when it is clear enough to see
|-
| Visual
| Recognition of an friendly unit or (landmark) object
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | VTOL
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Vertical Take-Off and Landing
|-
| Wilco
| Will Comply with received instructions
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Winchester
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | No ordinance (missiles, bombs) remaining
|-
| WVR
| Within Visual Range
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | Zulu (time)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | GMT+0, Greenwich Time
|}

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

== Comprehensive PDF ==
http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a404426.pdf

File:CCRP.png

2019-05-13T10:47:09Z

Trashfire: Trashfire uploaded a new version of File:CCRP.png

File:CCIP.png

2019-05-13T10:46:24Z

Trashfire: Trashfire uploaded a new version of File:CCIP.png

File:CCIP.png

2019-05-13T10:45:51Z

Trashfire: Trashfire uploaded a new version of File:CCIP.png

File:CCIP.png

2019-05-13T10:45:38Z

Trashfire: Trashfire uploaded a new version of File:CCIP.png

Air-to-Ground Combat

2019-05-13T10:39:11Z

Trashfire: /* Release modes */ Flipped CCIP and CCRP photo file references to be correct (files are misnamed)

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

Air to Ground Combat is the various techniques used to engage and destroy ground targets (ideally those belonging to the enemy faction). Although simple in nature (compared to the more complicated Air-To-Air methods and techniques), there are still a number of aspects in the A-G (Air-To-Ground) domain you can familiarise yourself with.

== Release modes ==

In this release modes chapter we are going to examine the few modes we can use to release our weapons. Note that this mainly applies to bombs and rockets: missiles technically do not fall under either, but dependent on the airframe they can be classified under CCIP, CCRP, or neither.

Which release mode you wish to use may depend on the situation: i.e. the target location, other threats in the area and the weapon type you wish to use. For example, rockets prefer the CCIP release mode, but this may be a less viable option if there is a heavy SAM presence around your target. A high altitude CCRP drop with a guided munition may then be a better option.

=== CCIP ===

<gallery widths=300px heights=300px>
File:CCRP.png|none|alt=Alt text|CCIP Release
</gallery>

CCIP is perhaps the easiest of the release modes to grasp, as you literally point your nose at the target and release the weapons in an attempt to hit the target. Weapons typically released via CCIP are rockets and unguided bombs, as well as bombs that are fitted with a retardation device (to slow them down in relation to the aircraft, for low level bombing).

However, most weapons need a correction for drop (distance and gravity) they incur on their way to the target: some aircraft (A-10C, F-14, F-18C) give you a means (via HUD symbology and automatic distance ranging) to adjust for the drop and help you with aiming, in other aircraft (F-5E) you may need to adjust for this yourself if you want your weapons to hit.

Even without fancy instruments and guidance systems this method is a reliable and accurate way to hit targets, especially with unguided weapons. The downside of this method is that typically you are putting yourself in harm's way, given the common availability of AAA and SAM's in a combat theatre.

=== CCRP / AUTO ===

<gallery widths=300px heights=300px>
CCIP.png|none|alt=Alt text|CCRP Release
</gallery>

With the advent of computer calculations the possibility of releasing weapons in level flight became available. However, most unguided weapons are not very accurate in this mode, so it is instead recommended to use (GPS or Laser) guided weapons instead if you wish to hit your target.

The benefit of releasing weapons in CCRP / AUTO is of course that you do not have to point your aircraft at the target and/or release at low altitude, so it is much more suitable for a dangerous environment (or indeed for engaging SAM sites with bombs, if you are that crazy).

==== Bomb Toss ====

A special sub-technique for the CCRP / AUTO delivery mode is the so-called Bomb Toss (or Bomb Lofting): in this mode you do not fly a level release profile, but instead pitch up prior to releasing your weapons. As a result, the weapons will follow a parabolic trajectory: they first go up before coming back down and hitting the target.

This technique is especially useful if you are trying to hit a target inside a dangerous area, as this release profile (of going up and coming back down) gives you a much larger stand-off range than conventional (CCRP / CCIP) bombing: the downside is that this technique requires a decent bit of airspeed to be effective (so you can't really do it all that well in say a Harrier or Warthog).

=== Other modes ===

Missiles such as the

== JTAC ==

== SEAD / DEAD ==

AV-8B(NA)

2019-05-13T07:15:56Z

Trashfire: /* Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS) */ Formatting cleanup

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
 
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
 
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
 You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

ATC and Airfield Communications

2019-05-12T18:23:44Z

Trashfire: /* ATIS */

''DISCLAIMER: THIS GUIDE IS FOR USE IN SIMULATIONS ONLY. DO NOT USE THIS GUIDE FOR REAL LIFE APPLICATIONS AS THE AUTHOR IS NOT A TRAINED ATC. ALSO BEAR IN MIND THIS IS FOR HOGGIT AND GEORGIA AT WAR USE AND MAY NOT BE CONFORMING WITH REAL LIFE AND ICAO PROCEDURES.''

== Purpose ==

Purpose of this Guide is extending the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide by a set of standard communications procedures for use while departing and approaching controlled and uncontrolled airfields. Following these guidelines will drastically reduce the amount collisions and will help making airfield traffic much more efficient for everybody.

== Introduction ==

This document has been written in order to help newer players better understand the communication procedures used for ATC and traffic coordinations.
This guide should be used in conjunction with the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide. There will be no radio transmission fundamentals in this guide as it is focusing on the Airfield communication only.

== Fundamentals ==

Use radios (SRS for GAW) to not drive or fly into one another around airfields.

=== ATIS ===

Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS) is available at all airports. (Check the briefing for the SRS ATIS frequency of your specific airport) ATIS should be tuned in and listened to prior to taxiing, and prior to announcing landing intentions at a given airport, since the '''current active runway''' for any given airport is clearly stated in the recording.

ATIS is a looped recording that gives GaW users the following information:
*'''Active runway'''
*Wind direction and speed
*Visibility
*Cloud type and density
*Temperature
*Altimeter setting
*hPa/QFE
 

In GAW, ATIS is renewed each hour and assigned a letter for each, starting with Alpha and ending with Delta.

== Airport patterns ==

Airport patterns are used in clear visibility conditions for visual approaches and they increase the number of planes that can be landed in a set timeframe if performed correctly. At uncontrolled Airfields they reduce the number of collisions so they should be basic knowledge for every pilot. Please bear in mind these descriptions are very basic for absolute beginners to get some idea of approach patterns and are not meant to be totally accurate.

=== Overhead break pattern ===
[[File: Overhead Break Pattern GAW.png|500px|thumb]]
The overhead pattern should be the go to method of landing in daytime and good visibility conditions, especially when there is traffic and the airport is uncontrolled. In controlled conditions you can be cleared for a overhead maneuver. The overhead pattern is performed as follows. For additional information and pictures look for resources online as this is a very brief explanation.

==== Initial ====

Establish on runway heading at pattern altitude (usually 2000 ft. AGL) and 250 knots. Once you are within 3-5 nm of the airport you are at the initial point.

==== Break ====

When you are over the runway perform a break into the pattern. This means you turn left or right at a 45 degree bank angle and hold altitude. Reduce your speed and put your gear and flaps down. You can check your kneeboard charts to determine if the runway has a left or right hand pattern.

==== Downwind ====

On downwind you should be still on pattern altitude, trimmed on speed and gear/flaps down.

==== Base/Final ====

When the airport is at a 45 degree angle behind you start your base turn. Now you are free to descent. If performed correctly you should find yourself on a relatively short final.

=== Straight in ===

During straight in approaches you simply establish on runway heading intercept the glide path and land. This is used during low traffic and for emergency landings. Try not to be too slow during a long final approach because there might be people behind you flying faster. This can mess up separation and someone might eventually go around.

== Necessary radio callouts ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

For uncontrolled airfields the basic procedures contain simply calling out what you are up to and look out for others to avoid collisions. Always takeoff form the active runway or ask what runway is active at the time. Priorities are as follows:
1. Planes on the runway have absolute priority.
2. Planes on final have priority over planes awaiting departure.
3. Players awaiting departure need to wait until there is no incoming traffic.

==== Takeoff ====

Call for…

: ...'''radio check''' on ATC/traffic frequency as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' out when you are ready to taxi. Look out for other planes taxiing. When in doubt, stop.
: ...'''taking runway''' once you roll onto the runway .
: ...'''taking off''' as you start your takeoff roll.
: ...'''departing/switching frequency''' as soon as you leave the airspace.

==== Landing ====

Call for...

: ...'''inbound''' approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final''' when your final approach has begun.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway.

=== Controlled airfields ===

For controlled airfield you basically request permission to do stuff and get information and instructions by the ATC. Readback important information for the ATC to confirm a correct transmission. Follow ATC instructions as closely.

==== Takeoff ====

Request…

: ...'''startup (optional)''' and do a radio check as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' when you are started up. You will receive clearance to taxi to a runway via specified taxiways.
:    Ground charts and airport information are available in the ingame kneeboard.
: ...'''departure''' once you are holding short of the runway. Once cleared for takeoff do not linger around. Be swift, but always be
:    safe.

==== Landing ====

Call for…

: ...'''inbound'''. This is approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport. You will receive vectors for your approach. Follow these
:    instructions closely to avoid colliding with traffic.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out. You will now receive
:    detailed approach instructions and clearances.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final when''' your final approach has begun. You will get cleared to land or get a go around at this point.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway. ATC will contact you with taxi instructions for parking.

== Detailed examples ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

General rules for uncontrolled airfields:

Planes on the runway have absolute priority. After that arriving planes on downwind or final have priority over anyone waiting to roll onto the runway.

==== Departure ====

This is a detailed example of an F/A-18C Callsign Uzi 2-1 on the Ramp at Anapa. There is no ATC active at the time.

Radio transmissions by Uzi 2-1 are marked green.

Tune in to the ATC/Traffic frequency (249.5 AM for GaW) as soon as your radios have power and do a radio check to assure you are transmitting loud and clear.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Uzi 2-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 4-2, Uzi 2-1, got you 5 by 5.</pre>

So you got an answer from another plane. This means the airport is uncontrolled. If you got an answer from an ATC (Callsign Anapa tower or Anapa ground) the airport is controlled. Procedures for this are listed in chapter 2 (Controlled Airfield).

From here on out you basically call out everything you do to all planes in traffic. If not otherwise instructed by a human ATC the active runway for Anapa is always the runway with headwinds. Do not takeoff or land from the wrong end. Another way to find out what runway is in use is to listen to traffic calls and follow what others are doing (as always think for yourself in that case, do not just turn your head off and follow).

Necessary calls are: taxiing out, holding short of the runway, lining up on runway, taking off.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taxiing out to runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, lining up on runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taking off, runway 22.</pre>

Once you are airborne you inform other planes what direction you are departing and which frequency you are switching to.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, departing south east, last call, switching 253 AM, last call.</pre>

==== Arrivals ====

Now the Uzi 2-1 is RTB and inbound to Anapa.

For arrivals your first call should alway be the “inbound call”. It contains the Airfield name you are inbound to, your position, number of aircrafts in the flight, and further remarks like low fuel state.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Uzi2-1, Inbound from the north east, 25nm out, single ship F/A-18C.</pre>

from this point on you call out where you are at certain points. These points are established (on runway heading 10nm out), breaking over the airfield, downwind, final, cleared runway. Look out for inbound or outbound traffic and listen on your radios where other people are.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, established runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on downwind for runway 22.</pre>

There will be other planes calling out their positions too so be aware you are not the only one in the airspace and check for other planes (e.g. look out the window or at the F10 map).

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Chevy 4-2, holding short runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on 3 mile final runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, cleared the active.</pre>

=== Controlled Airfields ===

==== Departures ====

For Controlled Airfields general rules change quite a bit. If you have any special concerns or questions contact tower on radio and ask what you have got to ask. At worst you will get a standby call and you will get an answer after the ATC is done juggling trafic for a bit.

Here is a detailed example scenario for a flight of two A-10Cs Callsign Hawg 3-1 and Hawg 3-2 on the Ramp at Anapa. Anapa is controlled by a human ATC.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Radio transmissions by Hawg 3-1 are green.</pre>
Radio transmissions by ATC(Anapa tower) are blue.</pre>

As soon as there is power to the radios tune in to ATC frequency and do a radio check. For GAW this is 249.5 AM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Hawg 3-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, got you loud and clear.</pre>

Optional:
Now that you know there is a ATC online for Anapa, ask for permission to start up your aircraft and give the tower a basic briefing of your flight.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, roger that, flight of two A-10s at parking position 86 and 87, requesting startup and weather information.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for startup, expect runway 22, QFE 29.87, CAVOK, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for startup, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Notice the readback of vital information. This makes sure that you understood the ATC correctly and gives room for corrections. Don't be afraid to ask a "say again", if you did not copy something as radios can be full of static and people talking over each other.

When you are ready and started up call for the tower to get a taxi clearance.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, flight of two, request taxi.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for taxi runway 22 Mike Delta, hold short of runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to runway 22 via Mike Delta, holding short runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Sometimes you will get remarks beyond your original request like traffic or weather information. Make sure you listen closely for those as they can be quite important. When you are holding short of the runway and ATC has not given clearance for takeoff to you call in and request it.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight of two, holding short of runway 22, requesting departure.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Once you are airborne call in for a last time to get handed off to GCI/TACCOM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight, airborne, request departure to the east.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared to depart east, contact magic on 253 AM</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, departing east, contacting magic 253 am, thank you, Hawg 3-1 out.</pre>

5.2.2 Arrivals

Now the same flight is RTB and inbound to Anapa for landing.

The procedures for landing at an controlled airfield differ a bit from what you do on an uncontrolled airfield. As always follow ATC instructions as close as possible and redback important information.

First check in on ATC frequency (249.5 for GAW) and call inbound. Do this at best 20-25 nm out from the airport so the atc has time to give you vectors and instructions. Inform ATC about any special remarks like how many planes are in your flight, low fuel or damage at this point.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Hawg 3-1, Inbound, flight of two A10s, 25 nm north east from the airfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, positive ID,active runway is 22, wind 337 at 10 knots, turn right heading 270, decent to 3000 feet.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, active runway 22, turning right 270, descending to 3000 feet, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

From now on follow ATC instructions.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, turn left heading 216 cleared for visual runway 22, report initial.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, turning left 216, cleared for visual runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Upon reaching 10 nm from the airport call in for ATC. You will now get detailed approach information. This can be the instruction to do a overhead break or a straight in landing. For a straight in you just intercept the glidepath and come in for a landing on the active runway (mostly used when traffic is low and single planes are inbound). The overhead break consists out of a break, downwind and final circuit and is used for flights of two or more aircraft. ATC can specify a breakpoint in relation to the runway to assure aircraft separation. Since Hawg 3 flight consists out of two A-10s in our example, they will be instructed to do a overhead circuit.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, 10nm out, established.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for overhead join, left hand break midfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, breaking lefthand midfield, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

For now call out your circuit as you would do for a uncontrolled approach (breaking, downwind, base, final). When on final you will get cleared to land or waved off. In case of a “go around” simply fly another circuit and come in to land again.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, in the break.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on downwind runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, turning base.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on final runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared to land runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, cleared to land runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

At last you will receive taxi information from the tower.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, welcome home, taxi to parking position via Alpha Mike.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to parking via Alpha Mike, Hawg 3-1 thank you.</pre>

ATC and Airfield Communications

2019-05-12T18:23:17Z

Trashfire: /* ATIS */ Formatting clean up

''DISCLAIMER: THIS GUIDE IS FOR USE IN SIMULATIONS ONLY. DO NOT USE THIS GUIDE FOR REAL LIFE APPLICATIONS AS THE AUTHOR IS NOT A TRAINED ATC. ALSO BEAR IN MIND THIS IS FOR HOGGIT AND GEORGIA AT WAR USE AND MAY NOT BE CONFORMING WITH REAL LIFE AND ICAO PROCEDURES.''

== Purpose ==

Purpose of this Guide is extending the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide by a set of standard communications procedures for use while departing and approaching controlled and uncontrolled airfields. Following these guidelines will drastically reduce the amount collisions and will help making airfield traffic much more efficient for everybody.

== Introduction ==

This document has been written in order to help newer players better understand the communication procedures used for ATC and traffic coordinations.
This guide should be used in conjunction with the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide. There will be no radio transmission fundamentals in this guide as it is focusing on the Airfield communication only.

== Fundamentals ==

Use radios (SRS for GAW) to not drive or fly into one another around airfields.

=== ATIS ===

Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS) is available at all airports. (Check the briefing for the SRS ATIS frequency of your specific airport) ATIS should be tuned in and listened to prior to taxiing, and prior to announcing landing intentions at a given airport, since the '''current active runway''' for any given airport is clearly stated in the recording.

ATIS is a looped recording that gives GaW users the following information:
*Active runway
*Wind direction and speed
*Visibility
*Cloud type and density
*Temperature
*Altimeter setting
*hPa/QFE
 

In GAW, ATIS is renewed each hour and assigned a letter for each, starting with Alpha and ending with Delta.

== Airport patterns ==

Airport patterns are used in clear visibility conditions for visual approaches and they increase the number of planes that can be landed in a set timeframe if performed correctly. At uncontrolled Airfields they reduce the number of collisions so they should be basic knowledge for every pilot. Please bear in mind these descriptions are very basic for absolute beginners to get some idea of approach patterns and are not meant to be totally accurate.

=== Overhead break pattern ===
[[File: Overhead Break Pattern GAW.png|500px|thumb]]
The overhead pattern should be the go to method of landing in daytime and good visibility conditions, especially when there is traffic and the airport is uncontrolled. In controlled conditions you can be cleared for a overhead maneuver. The overhead pattern is performed as follows. For additional information and pictures look for resources online as this is a very brief explanation.

==== Initial ====

Establish on runway heading at pattern altitude (usually 2000 ft. AGL) and 250 knots. Once you are within 3-5 nm of the airport you are at the initial point.

==== Break ====

When you are over the runway perform a break into the pattern. This means you turn left or right at a 45 degree bank angle and hold altitude. Reduce your speed and put your gear and flaps down. You can check your kneeboard charts to determine if the runway has a left or right hand pattern.

==== Downwind ====

On downwind you should be still on pattern altitude, trimmed on speed and gear/flaps down.

==== Base/Final ====

When the airport is at a 45 degree angle behind you start your base turn. Now you are free to descent. If performed correctly you should find yourself on a relatively short final.

=== Straight in ===

During straight in approaches you simply establish on runway heading intercept the glide path and land. This is used during low traffic and for emergency landings. Try not to be too slow during a long final approach because there might be people behind you flying faster. This can mess up separation and someone might eventually go around.

== Necessary radio callouts ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

For uncontrolled airfields the basic procedures contain simply calling out what you are up to and look out for others to avoid collisions. Always takeoff form the active runway or ask what runway is active at the time. Priorities are as follows:
1. Planes on the runway have absolute priority.
2. Planes on final have priority over planes awaiting departure.
3. Players awaiting departure need to wait until there is no incoming traffic.

==== Takeoff ====

Call for…

: ...'''radio check''' on ATC/traffic frequency as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' out when you are ready to taxi. Look out for other planes taxiing. When in doubt, stop.
: ...'''taking runway''' once you roll onto the runway .
: ...'''taking off''' as you start your takeoff roll.
: ...'''departing/switching frequency''' as soon as you leave the airspace.

==== Landing ====

Call for...

: ...'''inbound''' approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final''' when your final approach has begun.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway.

=== Controlled airfields ===

For controlled airfield you basically request permission to do stuff and get information and instructions by the ATC. Readback important information for the ATC to confirm a correct transmission. Follow ATC instructions as closely.

==== Takeoff ====

Request…

: ...'''startup (optional)''' and do a radio check as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' when you are started up. You will receive clearance to taxi to a runway via specified taxiways.
:    Ground charts and airport information are available in the ingame kneeboard.
: ...'''departure''' once you are holding short of the runway. Once cleared for takeoff do not linger around. Be swift, but always be
:    safe.

==== Landing ====

Call for…

: ...'''inbound'''. This is approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport. You will receive vectors for your approach. Follow these
:    instructions closely to avoid colliding with traffic.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out. You will now receive
:    detailed approach instructions and clearances.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final when''' your final approach has begun. You will get cleared to land or get a go around at this point.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway. ATC will contact you with taxi instructions for parking.

== Detailed examples ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

General rules for uncontrolled airfields:

Planes on the runway have absolute priority. After that arriving planes on downwind or final have priority over anyone waiting to roll onto the runway.

==== Departure ====

This is a detailed example of an F/A-18C Callsign Uzi 2-1 on the Ramp at Anapa. There is no ATC active at the time.

Radio transmissions by Uzi 2-1 are marked green.

Tune in to the ATC/Traffic frequency (249.5 AM for GaW) as soon as your radios have power and do a radio check to assure you are transmitting loud and clear.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Uzi 2-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 4-2, Uzi 2-1, got you 5 by 5.</pre>

So you got an answer from another plane. This means the airport is uncontrolled. If you got an answer from an ATC (Callsign Anapa tower or Anapa ground) the airport is controlled. Procedures for this are listed in chapter 2 (Controlled Airfield).

From here on out you basically call out everything you do to all planes in traffic. If not otherwise instructed by a human ATC the active runway for Anapa is always the runway with headwinds. Do not takeoff or land from the wrong end. Another way to find out what runway is in use is to listen to traffic calls and follow what others are doing (as always think for yourself in that case, do not just turn your head off and follow).

Necessary calls are: taxiing out, holding short of the runway, lining up on runway, taking off.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taxiing out to runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, lining up on runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taking off, runway 22.</pre>

Once you are airborne you inform other planes what direction you are departing and which frequency you are switching to.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, departing south east, last call, switching 253 AM, last call.</pre>

==== Arrivals ====

Now the Uzi 2-1 is RTB and inbound to Anapa.

For arrivals your first call should alway be the “inbound call”. It contains the Airfield name you are inbound to, your position, number of aircrafts in the flight, and further remarks like low fuel state.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Uzi2-1, Inbound from the north east, 25nm out, single ship F/A-18C.</pre>

from this point on you call out where you are at certain points. These points are established (on runway heading 10nm out), breaking over the airfield, downwind, final, cleared runway. Look out for inbound or outbound traffic and listen on your radios where other people are.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, established runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on downwind for runway 22.</pre>

There will be other planes calling out their positions too so be aware you are not the only one in the airspace and check for other planes (e.g. look out the window or at the F10 map).

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Chevy 4-2, holding short runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on 3 mile final runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, cleared the active.</pre>

=== Controlled Airfields ===

==== Departures ====

For Controlled Airfields general rules change quite a bit. If you have any special concerns or questions contact tower on radio and ask what you have got to ask. At worst you will get a standby call and you will get an answer after the ATC is done juggling trafic for a bit.

Here is a detailed example scenario for a flight of two A-10Cs Callsign Hawg 3-1 and Hawg 3-2 on the Ramp at Anapa. Anapa is controlled by a human ATC.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Radio transmissions by Hawg 3-1 are green.</pre>
Radio transmissions by ATC(Anapa tower) are blue.</pre>

As soon as there is power to the radios tune in to ATC frequency and do a radio check. For GAW this is 249.5 AM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Hawg 3-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, got you loud and clear.</pre>

Optional:
Now that you know there is a ATC online for Anapa, ask for permission to start up your aircraft and give the tower a basic briefing of your flight.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, roger that, flight of two A-10s at parking position 86 and 87, requesting startup and weather information.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for startup, expect runway 22, QFE 29.87, CAVOK, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for startup, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Notice the readback of vital information. This makes sure that you understood the ATC correctly and gives room for corrections. Don't be afraid to ask a "say again", if you did not copy something as radios can be full of static and people talking over each other.

When you are ready and started up call for the tower to get a taxi clearance.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, flight of two, request taxi.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for taxi runway 22 Mike Delta, hold short of runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to runway 22 via Mike Delta, holding short runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Sometimes you will get remarks beyond your original request like traffic or weather information. Make sure you listen closely for those as they can be quite important. When you are holding short of the runway and ATC has not given clearance for takeoff to you call in and request it.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight of two, holding short of runway 22, requesting departure.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Once you are airborne call in for a last time to get handed off to GCI/TACCOM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight, airborne, request departure to the east.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared to depart east, contact magic on 253 AM</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, departing east, contacting magic 253 am, thank you, Hawg 3-1 out.</pre>

5.2.2 Arrivals

Now the same flight is RTB and inbound to Anapa for landing.

The procedures for landing at an controlled airfield differ a bit from what you do on an uncontrolled airfield. As always follow ATC instructions as close as possible and redback important information.

First check in on ATC frequency (249.5 for GAW) and call inbound. Do this at best 20-25 nm out from the airport so the atc has time to give you vectors and instructions. Inform ATC about any special remarks like how many planes are in your flight, low fuel or damage at this point.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Hawg 3-1, Inbound, flight of two A10s, 25 nm north east from the airfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, positive ID,active runway is 22, wind 337 at 10 knots, turn right heading 270, decent to 3000 feet.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, active runway 22, turning right 270, descending to 3000 feet, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

From now on follow ATC instructions.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, turn left heading 216 cleared for visual runway 22, report initial.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, turning left 216, cleared for visual runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Upon reaching 10 nm from the airport call in for ATC. You will now get detailed approach information. This can be the instruction to do a overhead break or a straight in landing. For a straight in you just intercept the glidepath and come in for a landing on the active runway (mostly used when traffic is low and single planes are inbound). The overhead break consists out of a break, downwind and final circuit and is used for flights of two or more aircraft. ATC can specify a breakpoint in relation to the runway to assure aircraft separation. Since Hawg 3 flight consists out of two A-10s in our example, they will be instructed to do a overhead circuit.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, 10nm out, established.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for overhead join, left hand break midfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, breaking lefthand midfield, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

For now call out your circuit as you would do for a uncontrolled approach (breaking, downwind, base, final). When on final you will get cleared to land or waved off. In case of a “go around” simply fly another circuit and come in to land again.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, in the break.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on downwind runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, turning base.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on final runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared to land runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, cleared to land runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

At last you will receive taxi information from the tower.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, welcome home, taxi to parking position via Alpha Mike.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to parking via Alpha Mike, Hawg 3-1 thank you.</pre>

ATC and Airfield Communications

2019-05-12T18:21:24Z

Trashfire: /* Overhead break pattern */ Added image from GAW Discord

''DISCLAIMER: THIS GUIDE IS FOR USE IN SIMULATIONS ONLY. DO NOT USE THIS GUIDE FOR REAL LIFE APPLICATIONS AS THE AUTHOR IS NOT A TRAINED ATC. ALSO BEAR IN MIND THIS IS FOR HOGGIT AND GEORGIA AT WAR USE AND MAY NOT BE CONFORMING WITH REAL LIFE AND ICAO PROCEDURES.''

== Purpose ==

Purpose of this Guide is extending the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide by a set of standard communications procedures for use while departing and approaching controlled and uncontrolled airfields. Following these guidelines will drastically reduce the amount collisions and will help making airfield traffic much more efficient for everybody.

== Introduction ==

This document has been written in order to help newer players better understand the communication procedures used for ATC and traffic coordinations.
This guide should be used in conjunction with the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide. There will be no radio transmission fundamentals in this guide as it is focusing on the Airfield communication only.

== Fundamentals ==

Use radios (SRS for GAW) to not drive or fly into one another around airfields.

=== ATIS ===

Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS) is available at all airports. (Check the briefing for the SRS ATIS frequency of your specific airport) ATIS should be tuned in and listened to prior to taxiing, and prior to announcing landing intentions at a given airport, since the current active runway for any given airport is clearly stated in the recording.

ATIS is a looped recording that gives GaW users the following information:
Active runway
Wind direction and speed
Visibility
Cloud type and density
Temperature
Altimeter setting
hPa/QFE

In GAW, ATIS is renewed each hour and assigned a letter for each, starting with Alpha and ending with Delta.

== Airport patterns ==

Airport patterns are used in clear visibility conditions for visual approaches and they increase the number of planes that can be landed in a set timeframe if performed correctly. At uncontrolled Airfields they reduce the number of collisions so they should be basic knowledge for every pilot. Please bear in mind these descriptions are very basic for absolute beginners to get some idea of approach patterns and are not meant to be totally accurate.

=== Overhead break pattern ===
[[File: Overhead Break Pattern GAW.png|500px|thumb]]
The overhead pattern should be the go to method of landing in daytime and good visibility conditions, especially when there is traffic and the airport is uncontrolled. In controlled conditions you can be cleared for a overhead maneuver. The overhead pattern is performed as follows. For additional information and pictures look for resources online as this is a very brief explanation.

==== Initial ====

Establish on runway heading at pattern altitude (usually 2000 ft. AGL) and 250 knots. Once you are within 3-5 nm of the airport you are at the initial point.

==== Break ====

When you are over the runway perform a break into the pattern. This means you turn left or right at a 45 degree bank angle and hold altitude. Reduce your speed and put your gear and flaps down. You can check your kneeboard charts to determine if the runway has a left or right hand pattern.

==== Downwind ====

On downwind you should be still on pattern altitude, trimmed on speed and gear/flaps down.

==== Base/Final ====

When the airport is at a 45 degree angle behind you start your base turn. Now you are free to descent. If performed correctly you should find yourself on a relatively short final.

=== Straight in ===

During straight in approaches you simply establish on runway heading intercept the glide path and land. This is used during low traffic and for emergency landings. Try not to be too slow during a long final approach because there might be people behind you flying faster. This can mess up separation and someone might eventually go around.

== Necessary radio callouts ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

For uncontrolled airfields the basic procedures contain simply calling out what you are up to and look out for others to avoid collisions. Always takeoff form the active runway or ask what runway is active at the time. Priorities are as follows:
1. Planes on the runway have absolute priority.
2. Planes on final have priority over planes awaiting departure.
3. Players awaiting departure need to wait until there is no incoming traffic.

==== Takeoff ====

Call for…

: ...'''radio check''' on ATC/traffic frequency as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' out when you are ready to taxi. Look out for other planes taxiing. When in doubt, stop.
: ...'''taking runway''' once you roll onto the runway .
: ...'''taking off''' as you start your takeoff roll.
: ...'''departing/switching frequency''' as soon as you leave the airspace.

==== Landing ====

Call for...

: ...'''inbound''' approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final''' when your final approach has begun.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway.

=== Controlled airfields ===

For controlled airfield you basically request permission to do stuff and get information and instructions by the ATC. Readback important information for the ATC to confirm a correct transmission. Follow ATC instructions as closely.

==== Takeoff ====

Request…

: ...'''startup (optional)''' and do a radio check as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' when you are started up. You will receive clearance to taxi to a runway via specified taxiways.
:    Ground charts and airport information are available in the ingame kneeboard.
: ...'''departure''' once you are holding short of the runway. Once cleared for takeoff do not linger around. Be swift, but always be
:    safe.

==== Landing ====

Call for…

: ...'''inbound'''. This is approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport. You will receive vectors for your approach. Follow these
:    instructions closely to avoid colliding with traffic.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out. You will now receive
:    detailed approach instructions and clearances.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final when''' your final approach has begun. You will get cleared to land or get a go around at this point.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway. ATC will contact you with taxi instructions for parking.

== Detailed examples ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

General rules for uncontrolled airfields:

Planes on the runway have absolute priority. After that arriving planes on downwind or final have priority over anyone waiting to roll onto the runway.

==== Departure ====

This is a detailed example of an F/A-18C Callsign Uzi 2-1 on the Ramp at Anapa. There is no ATC active at the time.

Radio transmissions by Uzi 2-1 are marked green.

Tune in to the ATC/Traffic frequency (249.5 AM for GaW) as soon as your radios have power and do a radio check to assure you are transmitting loud and clear.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Uzi 2-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 4-2, Uzi 2-1, got you 5 by 5.</pre>

So you got an answer from another plane. This means the airport is uncontrolled. If you got an answer from an ATC (Callsign Anapa tower or Anapa ground) the airport is controlled. Procedures for this are listed in chapter 2 (Controlled Airfield).

From here on out you basically call out everything you do to all planes in traffic. If not otherwise instructed by a human ATC the active runway for Anapa is always the runway with headwinds. Do not takeoff or land from the wrong end. Another way to find out what runway is in use is to listen to traffic calls and follow what others are doing (as always think for yourself in that case, do not just turn your head off and follow).

Necessary calls are: taxiing out, holding short of the runway, lining up on runway, taking off.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taxiing out to runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, lining up on runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taking off, runway 22.</pre>

Once you are airborne you inform other planes what direction you are departing and which frequency you are switching to.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, departing south east, last call, switching 253 AM, last call.</pre>

==== Arrivals ====

Now the Uzi 2-1 is RTB and inbound to Anapa.

For arrivals your first call should alway be the “inbound call”. It contains the Airfield name you are inbound to, your position, number of aircrafts in the flight, and further remarks like low fuel state.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Uzi2-1, Inbound from the north east, 25nm out, single ship F/A-18C.</pre>

from this point on you call out where you are at certain points. These points are established (on runway heading 10nm out), breaking over the airfield, downwind, final, cleared runway. Look out for inbound or outbound traffic and listen on your radios where other people are.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, established runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on downwind for runway 22.</pre>

There will be other planes calling out their positions too so be aware you are not the only one in the airspace and check for other planes (e.g. look out the window or at the F10 map).

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Chevy 4-2, holding short runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on 3 mile final runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, cleared the active.</pre>

=== Controlled Airfields ===

==== Departures ====

For Controlled Airfields general rules change quite a bit. If you have any special concerns or questions contact tower on radio and ask what you have got to ask. At worst you will get a standby call and you will get an answer after the ATC is done juggling trafic for a bit.

Here is a detailed example scenario for a flight of two A-10Cs Callsign Hawg 3-1 and Hawg 3-2 on the Ramp at Anapa. Anapa is controlled by a human ATC.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Radio transmissions by Hawg 3-1 are green.</pre>
Radio transmissions by ATC(Anapa tower) are blue.</pre>

As soon as there is power to the radios tune in to ATC frequency and do a radio check. For GAW this is 249.5 AM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Hawg 3-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, got you loud and clear.</pre>

Optional:
Now that you know there is a ATC online for Anapa, ask for permission to start up your aircraft and give the tower a basic briefing of your flight.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, roger that, flight of two A-10s at parking position 86 and 87, requesting startup and weather information.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for startup, expect runway 22, QFE 29.87, CAVOK, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for startup, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Notice the readback of vital information. This makes sure that you understood the ATC correctly and gives room for corrections. Don't be afraid to ask a "say again", if you did not copy something as radios can be full of static and people talking over each other.

When you are ready and started up call for the tower to get a taxi clearance.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, flight of two, request taxi.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for taxi runway 22 Mike Delta, hold short of runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to runway 22 via Mike Delta, holding short runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Sometimes you will get remarks beyond your original request like traffic or weather information. Make sure you listen closely for those as they can be quite important. When you are holding short of the runway and ATC has not given clearance for takeoff to you call in and request it.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight of two, holding short of runway 22, requesting departure.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Once you are airborne call in for a last time to get handed off to GCI/TACCOM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight, airborne, request departure to the east.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared to depart east, contact magic on 253 AM</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, departing east, contacting magic 253 am, thank you, Hawg 3-1 out.</pre>

5.2.2 Arrivals

Now the same flight is RTB and inbound to Anapa for landing.

The procedures for landing at an controlled airfield differ a bit from what you do on an uncontrolled airfield. As always follow ATC instructions as close as possible and redback important information.

First check in on ATC frequency (249.5 for GAW) and call inbound. Do this at best 20-25 nm out from the airport so the atc has time to give you vectors and instructions. Inform ATC about any special remarks like how many planes are in your flight, low fuel or damage at this point.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Hawg 3-1, Inbound, flight of two A10s, 25 nm north east from the airfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, positive ID,active runway is 22, wind 337 at 10 knots, turn right heading 270, decent to 3000 feet.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, active runway 22, turning right 270, descending to 3000 feet, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

From now on follow ATC instructions.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, turn left heading 216 cleared for visual runway 22, report initial.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, turning left 216, cleared for visual runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Upon reaching 10 nm from the airport call in for ATC. You will now get detailed approach information. This can be the instruction to do a overhead break or a straight in landing. For a straight in you just intercept the glidepath and come in for a landing on the active runway (mostly used when traffic is low and single planes are inbound). The overhead break consists out of a break, downwind and final circuit and is used for flights of two or more aircraft. ATC can specify a breakpoint in relation to the runway to assure aircraft separation. Since Hawg 3 flight consists out of two A-10s in our example, they will be instructed to do a overhead circuit.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, 10nm out, established.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for overhead join, left hand break midfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, breaking lefthand midfield, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

For now call out your circuit as you would do for a uncontrolled approach (breaking, downwind, base, final). When on final you will get cleared to land or waved off. In case of a “go around” simply fly another circuit and come in to land again.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, in the break.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on downwind runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, turning base.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on final runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared to land runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, cleared to land runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

At last you will receive taxi information from the tower.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, welcome home, taxi to parking position via Alpha Mike.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to parking via Alpha Mike, Hawg 3-1 thank you.</pre>

File:Overhead Break Pattern GAW.png

2019-05-12T18:19:23Z

Trashfire: Diagram of the overhead break pattern.

Diagram of the overhead break pattern.

ATC and Airfield Communications

2019-05-12T18:03:34Z

Trashfire: Put ATIS into fundamentals, and change header text to a not-C&P job

''DISCLAIMER: THIS GUIDE IS FOR USE IN SIMULATIONS ONLY. DO NOT USE THIS GUIDE FOR REAL LIFE APPLICATIONS AS THE AUTHOR IS NOT A TRAINED ATC. ALSO BEAR IN MIND THIS IS FOR HOGGIT AND GEORGIA AT WAR USE AND MAY NOT BE CONFORMING WITH REAL LIFE AND ICAO PROCEDURES.''

== Purpose ==

Purpose of this Guide is extending the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide by a set of standard communications procedures for use while departing and approaching controlled and uncontrolled airfields. Following these guidelines will drastically reduce the amount collisions and will help making airfield traffic much more efficient for everybody.

== Introduction ==

This document has been written in order to help newer players better understand the communication procedures used for ATC and traffic coordinations.
This guide should be used in conjunction with the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide. There will be no radio transmission fundamentals in this guide as it is focusing on the Airfield communication only.

== Fundamentals ==

Use radios (SRS for GAW) to not drive or fly into one another around airfields.

=== ATIS ===

Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS) is available at all airports. (Check the briefing for the SRS ATIS frequency of your specific airport) ATIS should be tuned in and listened to prior to taxiing, and prior to announcing landing intentions at a given airport, since the current active runway for any given airport is clearly stated in the recording.

ATIS is a looped recording that gives GaW users the following information:
Active runway
Wind direction and speed
Visibility
Cloud type and density
Temperature
Altimeter setting
hPa/QFE

In GAW, ATIS is renewed each hour and assigned a letter for each, starting with Alpha and ending with Delta.

== Airport patterns ==

Airport patterns are used in clear visibility conditions for visual approaches and they increase the number of planes that can be landed in a set timeframe if performed correctly. At uncontrolled Airfields they reduce the number of collisions so they should be basic knowledge for every pilot. Please bear in mind these descriptions are very basic for absolute beginners to get some idea of approach patterns and are not meant to be totally accurate.

=== Overhead break pattern ===

The overhead pattern should be the go to method of landing in daytime and good visibility conditions, especially when there is traffic and the airport is uncontrolled. In controlled conditions you can be cleared for a overhead maneuver. The overhead pattern is performed as follows. For additional information and pictures look for resources online as this is a very brief explanation.

==== Initial ====

Establish on runway heading at pattern altitude (usually 2000 ft. AGL) and 250 knots. Once you are within 3-5 nm of the airport you are at the initial point.

==== Break ====

When you are over the runway perform a break into the pattern. This means you turn left or right at a 45 degree bank angle and hold altitude. Reduce your speed and put your gear and flaps down. You can check your kneeboard charts to determine if the runway has a left or right hand pattern.

==== Downwind ====

On downwind you should be still on pattern altitude, trimmed on speed and gear/flaps down.

==== Base/Final ====

When the airport is at a 45 degree angle behind you start your base turn. Now you are free to descent. If performed correctly you should find yourself on a relatively short final.

=== Straight in ===

During straight in approaches you simply establish on runway heading intercept the glide path and land. This is used during low traffic and for emergency landings. Try not to be too slow during a long final approach because there might be people behind you flying faster. This can mess up separation and someone might eventually go around.

== Necessary radio callouts ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

For uncontrolled airfields the basic procedures contain simply calling out what you are up to and look out for others to avoid collisions. Always takeoff form the active runway or ask what runway is active at the time. Priorities are as follows:
1. Planes on the runway have absolute priority.
2. Planes on final have priority over planes awaiting departure.
3. Players awaiting departure need to wait until there is no incoming traffic.

==== Takeoff ====

Call for…

: ...'''radio check''' on ATC/traffic frequency as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' out when you are ready to taxi. Look out for other planes taxiing. When in doubt, stop.
: ...'''taking runway''' once you roll onto the runway .
: ...'''taking off''' as you start your takeoff roll.
: ...'''departing/switching frequency''' as soon as you leave the airspace.

==== Landing ====

Call for...

: ...'''inbound''' approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final''' when your final approach has begun.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway.

=== Controlled airfields ===

For controlled airfield you basically request permission to do stuff and get information and instructions by the ATC. Readback important information for the ATC to confirm a correct transmission. Follow ATC instructions as closely.

==== Takeoff ====

Request…

: ...'''startup (optional)''' and do a radio check as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' when you are started up. You will receive clearance to taxi to a runway via specified taxiways.
:    Ground charts and airport information are available in the ingame kneeboard.
: ...'''departure''' once you are holding short of the runway. Once cleared for takeoff do not linger around. Be swift, but always be
:    safe.

==== Landing ====

Call for…

: ...'''inbound'''. This is approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport. You will receive vectors for your approach. Follow these
:    instructions closely to avoid colliding with traffic.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out. You will now receive
:    detailed approach instructions and clearances.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final when''' your final approach has begun. You will get cleared to land or get a go around at this point.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway. ATC will contact you with taxi instructions for parking.

== Detailed examples ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

General rules for uncontrolled airfields:

Planes on the runway have absolute priority. After that arriving planes on downwind or final have priority over anyone waiting to roll onto the runway.

==== Departure ====

This is a detailed example of an F/A-18C Callsign Uzi 2-1 on the Ramp at Anapa. There is no ATC active at the time.

Radio transmissions by Uzi 2-1 are marked green.

Tune in to the ATC/Traffic frequency (249.5 AM for GaW) as soon as your radios have power and do a radio check to assure you are transmitting loud and clear.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Uzi 2-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 4-2, Uzi 2-1, got you 5 by 5.</pre>

So you got an answer from another plane. This means the airport is uncontrolled. If you got an answer from an ATC (Callsign Anapa tower or Anapa ground) the airport is controlled. Procedures for this are listed in chapter 2 (Controlled Airfield).

From here on out you basically call out everything you do to all planes in traffic. If not otherwise instructed by a human ATC the active runway for Anapa is always the runway with headwinds. Do not takeoff or land from the wrong end. Another way to find out what runway is in use is to listen to traffic calls and follow what others are doing (as always think for yourself in that case, do not just turn your head off and follow).

Necessary calls are: taxiing out, holding short of the runway, lining up on runway, taking off.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taxiing out to runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, lining up on runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taking off, runway 22.</pre>

Once you are airborne you inform other planes what direction you are departing and which frequency you are switching to.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, departing south east, last call, switching 253 AM, last call.</pre>

==== Arrivals ====

Now the Uzi 2-1 is RTB and inbound to Anapa.

For arrivals your first call should alway be the “inbound call”. It contains the Airfield name you are inbound to, your position, number of aircrafts in the flight, and further remarks like low fuel state.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Uzi2-1, Inbound from the north east, 25nm out, single ship F/A-18C.</pre>

from this point on you call out where you are at certain points. These points are established (on runway heading 10nm out), breaking over the airfield, downwind, final, cleared runway. Look out for inbound or outbound traffic and listen on your radios where other people are.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, established runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on downwind for runway 22.</pre>

There will be other planes calling out their positions too so be aware you are not the only one in the airspace and check for other planes (e.g. look out the window or at the F10 map).

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Chevy 4-2, holding short runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on 3 mile final runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, cleared the active.</pre>

=== Controlled Airfields ===

==== Departures ====

For Controlled Airfields general rules change quite a bit. If you have any special concerns or questions contact tower on radio and ask what you have got to ask. At worst you will get a standby call and you will get an answer after the ATC is done juggling trafic for a bit.

Here is a detailed example scenario for a flight of two A-10Cs Callsign Hawg 3-1 and Hawg 3-2 on the Ramp at Anapa. Anapa is controlled by a human ATC.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Radio transmissions by Hawg 3-1 are green.</pre>
Radio transmissions by ATC(Anapa tower) are blue.</pre>

As soon as there is power to the radios tune in to ATC frequency and do a radio check. For GAW this is 249.5 AM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Hawg 3-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, got you loud and clear.</pre>

Optional:
Now that you know there is a ATC online for Anapa, ask for permission to start up your aircraft and give the tower a basic briefing of your flight.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, roger that, flight of two A-10s at parking position 86 and 87, requesting startup and weather information.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for startup, expect runway 22, QFE 29.87, CAVOK, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for startup, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Notice the readback of vital information. This makes sure that you understood the ATC correctly and gives room for corrections. Don't be afraid to ask a "say again", if you did not copy something as radios can be full of static and people talking over each other.

When you are ready and started up call for the tower to get a taxi clearance.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, flight of two, request taxi.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for taxi runway 22 Mike Delta, hold short of runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to runway 22 via Mike Delta, holding short runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Sometimes you will get remarks beyond your original request like traffic or weather information. Make sure you listen closely for those as they can be quite important. When you are holding short of the runway and ATC has not given clearance for takeoff to you call in and request it.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight of two, holding short of runway 22, requesting departure.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Once you are airborne call in for a last time to get handed off to GCI/TACCOM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight, airborne, request departure to the east.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared to depart east, contact magic on 253 AM</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, departing east, contacting magic 253 am, thank you, Hawg 3-1 out.</pre>

5.2.2 Arrivals

Now the same flight is RTB and inbound to Anapa for landing.

The procedures for landing at an controlled airfield differ a bit from what you do on an uncontrolled airfield. As always follow ATC instructions as close as possible and redback important information.

First check in on ATC frequency (249.5 for GAW) and call inbound. Do this at best 20-25 nm out from the airport so the atc has time to give you vectors and instructions. Inform ATC about any special remarks like how many planes are in your flight, low fuel or damage at this point.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Hawg 3-1, Inbound, flight of two A10s, 25 nm north east from the airfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, positive ID,active runway is 22, wind 337 at 10 knots, turn right heading 270, decent to 3000 feet.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, active runway 22, turning right 270, descending to 3000 feet, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

From now on follow ATC instructions.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, turn left heading 216 cleared for visual runway 22, report initial.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, turning left 216, cleared for visual runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Upon reaching 10 nm from the airport call in for ATC. You will now get detailed approach information. This can be the instruction to do a overhead break or a straight in landing. For a straight in you just intercept the glidepath and come in for a landing on the active runway (mostly used when traffic is low and single planes are inbound). The overhead break consists out of a break, downwind and final circuit and is used for flights of two or more aircraft. ATC can specify a breakpoint in relation to the runway to assure aircraft separation. Since Hawg 3 flight consists out of two A-10s in our example, they will be instructed to do a overhead circuit.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, 10nm out, established.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for overhead join, left hand break midfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, breaking lefthand midfield, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

For now call out your circuit as you would do for a uncontrolled approach (breaking, downwind, base, final). When on final you will get cleared to land or waved off. In case of a “go around” simply fly another circuit and come in to land again.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, in the break.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on downwind runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, turning base.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on final runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared to land runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, cleared to land runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

At last you will receive taxi information from the tower.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, welcome home, taxi to parking position via Alpha Mike.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to parking via Alpha Mike, Hawg 3-1 thank you.</pre>

ATC and Airfield Communications

2019-05-12T18:01:14Z

Trashfire: Add ATIS details from Scrooby

''DISCLAIMER: THIS GUIDE IS FOR USE IN SIMULATIONS ONLY. DO NOT USE THIS GUIDE FOR REAL LIFE APPLICATIONS AS THE AUTHOR IS NOT A TRAINED ATC. ALSO BEAR IN MIND THIS IS FOR HOGGIT AND GEORGIA AT WAR USE AND MAY NOT BE CONFORMING WITH REAL LIFE AND ICAO PROCEDURES.''

== Purpose ==

Purpose of this Guide is extending the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide by a set of standard communications procedures for use while departing and approaching controlled and uncontrolled airfields. Following these guidelines will drastically reduce the amount collisions and will help making airfield traffic much more efficient for everybody.

== Introduction ==

This document has been written in order to help newer players better understand the communication procedures used for ATC and traffic coordinations.
This guide should be used in conjunction with the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide. There will be no radio transmission fundamentals in this guide as it is focusing on the Airfield communication only.

=== ATIS ===

Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS) is available at all airports. (Check the briefing for the SRS ATIS frequency of your specific airport) ATIS should be tuned in and listened to prior to taxiing, and prior to announcing landing intentions at a given airport, since the current active runway for any given airport is clearly stated in the recording.

ATIS is a looped recording that gives GaW users the following information:
Active runway
Wind direction and speed
Visibility
Cloud type and density
Temperature
Altimeter setting
hPa/QFE

In GAW, ATIS is renewed each hour and assigned a letter for each, starting with Alpha and ending with Delta.

== Fundamentals ==

For basic radio rules and fundamentals please reference Section 3 of the 818th HACS general and mission communications guide.

== Airport patterns ==

Airport patterns are used in clear visibility conditions for visual approaches and they increase the number of planes that can be landed in a set timeframe if performed correctly. At uncontrolled Airfields they reduce the number of collisions so they should be basic knowledge for every pilot. Please bear in mind these descriptions are very basic for absolute beginners to get some idea of approach patterns and are not meant to be totally accurate.

=== Overhead break pattern ===

The overhead pattern should be the go to method of landing in daytime and good visibility conditions, especially when there is traffic and the airport is uncontrolled. In controlled conditions you can be cleared for a overhead maneuver. The overhead pattern is performed as follows. For additional information and pictures look for resources online as this is a very brief explanation.

==== Initial ====

Establish on runway heading at pattern altitude (usually 2000 ft. AGL) and 250 knots. Once you are within 3-5 nm of the airport you are at the initial point.

==== Break ====

When you are over the runway perform a break into the pattern. This means you turn left or right at a 45 degree bank angle and hold altitude. Reduce your speed and put your gear and flaps down. You can check your kneeboard charts to determine if the runway has a left or right hand pattern.

==== Downwind ====

On downwind you should be still on pattern altitude, trimmed on speed and gear/flaps down.

==== Base/Final ====

When the airport is at a 45 degree angle behind you start your base turn. Now you are free to descent. If performed correctly you should find yourself on a relatively short final.

=== Straight in ===

During straight in approaches you simply establish on runway heading intercept the glide path and land. This is used during low traffic and for emergency landings. Try not to be too slow during a long final approach because there might be people behind you flying faster. This can mess up separation and someone might eventually go around.

== Necessary radio callouts ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

For uncontrolled airfields the basic procedures contain simply calling out what you are up to and look out for others to avoid collisions. Always takeoff form the active runway or ask what runway is active at the time. Priorities are as follows:
1. Planes on the runway have absolute priority.
2. Planes on final have priority over planes awaiting departure.
3. Players awaiting departure need to wait until there is no incoming traffic.

==== Takeoff ====

Call for…

: ...'''radio check''' on ATC/traffic frequency as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' out when you are ready to taxi. Look out for other planes taxiing. When in doubt, stop.
: ...'''taking runway''' once you roll onto the runway .
: ...'''taking off''' as you start your takeoff roll.
: ...'''departing/switching frequency''' as soon as you leave the airspace.

==== Landing ====

Call for...

: ...'''inbound''' approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final''' when your final approach has begun.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway.

=== Controlled airfields ===

For controlled airfield you basically request permission to do stuff and get information and instructions by the ATC. Readback important information for the ATC to confirm a correct transmission. Follow ATC instructions as closely.

==== Takeoff ====

Request…

: ...'''startup (optional)''' and do a radio check as soon as you have power to your radios.
: ...'''taxi''' when you are started up. You will receive clearance to taxi to a runway via specified taxiways.
:    Ground charts and airport information are available in the ingame kneeboard.
: ...'''departure''' once you are holding short of the runway. Once cleared for takeoff do not linger around. Be swift, but always be
:    safe.

==== Landing ====

Call for…

: ...'''inbound'''. This is approximately 20 nautical miles out from the airport. You will receive vectors for your approach. Follow these
:    instructions closely to avoid colliding with traffic.
: ...'''established''' once you are established on runway course and heading approximately 10 nautical miles out. You will now receive
:    detailed approach instructions and clearances.
: ...'''break''' when you are breaking for the overhead pattern.
: ...'''downwind''' as you reach a stable downwind leg.
: ...'''final when''' your final approach has begun. You will get cleared to land or get a go around at this point.
: ...'''cleared runway''' as soon as you left the active runway. ATC will contact you with taxi instructions for parking.

== Detailed examples ==

=== Uncontrolled airfields ===

General rules for uncontrolled airfields:

Planes on the runway have absolute priority. After that arriving planes on downwind or final have priority over anyone waiting to roll onto the runway.

==== Departure ====

This is a detailed example of an F/A-18C Callsign Uzi 2-1 on the Ramp at Anapa. There is no ATC active at the time.

Radio transmissions by Uzi 2-1 are marked green.

Tune in to the ATC/Traffic frequency (249.5 AM for GaW) as soon as your radios have power and do a radio check to assure you are transmitting loud and clear.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Uzi 2-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 4-2, Uzi 2-1, got you 5 by 5.</pre>

So you got an answer from another plane. This means the airport is uncontrolled. If you got an answer from an ATC (Callsign Anapa tower or Anapa ground) the airport is controlled. Procedures for this are listed in chapter 2 (Controlled Airfield).

From here on out you basically call out everything you do to all planes in traffic. If not otherwise instructed by a human ATC the active runway for Anapa is always the runway with headwinds. Do not takeoff or land from the wrong end. Another way to find out what runway is in use is to listen to traffic calls and follow what others are doing (as always think for yourself in that case, do not just turn your head off and follow).

Necessary calls are: taxiing out, holding short of the runway, lining up on runway, taking off.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taxiing out to runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, lining up on runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, taking off, runway 22.</pre>

Once you are airborne you inform other planes what direction you are departing and which frequency you are switching to.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, departing south east, last call, switching 253 AM, last call.</pre>

==== Arrivals ====

Now the Uzi 2-1 is RTB and inbound to Anapa.

For arrivals your first call should alway be the “inbound call”. It contains the Airfield name you are inbound to, your position, number of aircrafts in the flight, and further remarks like low fuel state.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Uzi2-1, Inbound from the north east, 25nm out, single ship F/A-18C.</pre>

from this point on you call out where you are at certain points. These points are established (on runway heading 10nm out), breaking over the airfield, downwind, final, cleared runway. Look out for inbound or outbound traffic and listen on your radios where other people are.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, established runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on downwind for runway 22.</pre>

There will be other planes calling out their positions too so be aware you are not the only one in the airspace and check for other planes (e.g. look out the window or at the F10 map).

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Chevy 4-2, holding short runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, on 3 mile final runway 22.</pre>
<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa traffic, Uzi 2-1, cleared the active.</pre>

=== Controlled Airfields ===

==== Departures ====

For Controlled Airfields general rules change quite a bit. If you have any special concerns or questions contact tower on radio and ask what you have got to ask. At worst you will get a standby call and you will get an answer after the ATC is done juggling trafic for a bit.

Here is a detailed example scenario for a flight of two A-10Cs Callsign Hawg 3-1 and Hawg 3-2 on the Ramp at Anapa. Anapa is controlled by a human ATC.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Radio transmissions by Hawg 3-1 are green.</pre>
Radio transmissions by ATC(Anapa tower) are blue.</pre>

As soon as there is power to the radios tune in to ATC frequency and do a radio check. For GAW this is 249.5 AM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">249.5, Hawg 3-1, radio check.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, got you loud and clear.</pre>

Optional:
Now that you know there is a ATC online for Anapa, ask for permission to start up your aircraft and give the tower a basic briefing of your flight.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, roger that, flight of two A-10s at parking position 86 and 87, requesting startup and weather information.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for startup, expect runway 22, QFE 29.87, CAVOK, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for startup, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Notice the readback of vital information. This makes sure that you understood the ATC correctly and gives room for corrections. Don't be afraid to ask a "say again", if you did not copy something as radios can be full of static and people talking over each other.

When you are ready and started up call for the tower to get a taxi clearance.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3-1, flight of two, request taxi.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for taxi runway 22 Mike Delta, hold short of runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to runway 22 via Mike Delta, holding short runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Sometimes you will get remarks beyond your original request like traffic or weather information. Make sure you listen closely for those as they can be quite important. When you are holding short of the runway and ATC has not given clearance for takeoff to you call in and request it.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight of two, holding short of runway 22, requesting departure.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, wind 337 at 10 knots.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, cleared for takeoff runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Once you are airborne call in for a last time to get handed off to GCI/TACCOM.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, Hawg 3 flight, airborne, request departure to the east.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3 flight, Anapa tower, cleared to depart east, contact magic on 253 AM</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, departing east, contacting magic 253 am, thank you, Hawg 3-1 out.</pre>

5.2.2 Arrivals

Now the same flight is RTB and inbound to Anapa for landing.

The procedures for landing at an controlled airfield differ a bit from what you do on an uncontrolled airfield. As always follow ATC instructions as close as possible and redback important information.

First check in on ATC frequency (249.5 for GAW) and call inbound. Do this at best 20-25 nm out from the airport so the atc has time to give you vectors and instructions. Inform ATC about any special remarks like how many planes are in your flight, low fuel or damage at this point.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa, Hawg 3-1, Inbound, flight of two A10s, 25 nm north east from the airfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, positive ID,active runway is 22, wind 337 at 10 knots, turn right heading 270, decent to 3000 feet.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, active runway 22, turning right 270, descending to 3000 feet, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

From now on follow ATC instructions.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, turn left heading 216 cleared for visual runway 22, report initial.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, turning left 216, cleared for visual runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

Upon reaching 10 nm from the airport call in for ATC. You will now get detailed approach information. This can be the instruction to do a overhead break or a straight in landing. For a straight in you just intercept the glidepath and come in for a landing on the active runway (mostly used when traffic is low and single planes are inbound). The overhead break consists out of a break, downwind and final circuit and is used for flights of two or more aircraft. ATC can specify a breakpoint in relation to the runway to assure aircraft separation. Since Hawg 3 flight consists out of two A-10s in our example, they will be instructed to do a overhead circuit.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, 10nm out, established.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared for overhead join, left hand break midfield.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, breaking lefthand midfield, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

For now call out your circuit as you would do for a uncontrolled approach (breaking, downwind, base, final). When on final you will get cleared to land or waved off. In case of a “go around” simply fly another circuit and come in to land again.

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, in the break.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on downwind runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, turning base.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, Hawg 3-1, on final runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, cleared to land runway 22.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa Tower, cleared to land runway 22, Hawg 3-1.</pre>

At last you will receive taxi information from the tower.

<pre style="background-color: #d1f1ff">Hawg 3-1, Anapa tower, welcome home, taxi to parking position via Alpha Mike.</pre>

<pre style="background-color: #d1ffd4">Anapa tower, taxi to parking via Alpha Mike, Hawg 3-1 thank you.</pre>

Carrier Air Operations

2019-04-29T08:26:21Z

Trashfire: Edit for clarity

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

[[File:AircraftCarrierNight.jpeg|350px|thumb|right|A home away from home for many naval aviators]]

Carrier Air Operations are the various procedures and techniques that make up landing on a moving ship, called an aircraft carrier: both STOL / STOVL (such as the Harrier and F-35's) and fixed wing (F-14, F-18) can land on a carrier. Because of the relatively small size of aircraft carriers there are a number of rules and procedures that you should follow when on or around an aircraft carrier.

__TOC__

== Carrier Basics ==

Before we dive headfirst into the procedures and rules associated with carrier air operations, we will first go over the various basics that come into play when operating on a carrier. These include items such as how does a carrier work, what does a carrier look like, and what sort of key features should you pay attention to when you cannot make out left from right when operating on a busy carrier.

=== Carrier Features ===

Because of the limited length of an aircraft carrier some special equipment is used for launching (departure, taking off) and recovering (landing) aircraft. Whereas normally a runway would net you somewhere in the ballpark of 6000 - 12000 feet of usable space, having a total length of 1100 feet is already quite spacious for an aircraft carrier. There are various types of key equipment used on a carrier:

; 1. Arresting gear
: Used to slow down / landing aircraft (recoveries)
; 2. Catapults
: Used to speed up / launch aircraft
; 3. Launch ramp
: Used to launch aircraft
; 4. IFLOLS
: Used to guide aircraft into landing (recoveries)

----

==== Ski ramps (STOBAR) ====

[[File:SU-33_Carrier_Takeoff.gif|thumb|right|[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Uox9S6UccEE| Su-33 taking on from ski carrier ramp]]]

Most modern aircraft tend to be quite heavy (due to radar / sensor electronics, as well as heavy jet engines) and as such they cannot simply run off the edge of the ship at full speed to get into the air (though this was common practice for the lighter World War 2 aircraft). Instead, you could use a ramp and a high power aircraft (with very little weight).

[[File:Su33ramp.jpg|thumb|right|200px||Ski ramp on a Russian carrier]]

The procedure of using a ramp to launch aircraft is called [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/STOBAR| '''STOBAR''' ( Short Take-Off But Arrested Recovery ) ] and is a simple (cost effective) manner of launching aircraft from a carrier. For this you only need a ramp (angled bit of deck) and you will need a high power to weight ratio (i.e. lot of power, little weight) on your aircraft to launch aircraft off of the carrier.

Launching via STOBAR is done by lining the aircraft up to go off the ramp, go full thrust and launch by running off of it. Removable wheel chocks are used to hold the aircraft in place whilst you run up to full power (in the designated spots): the JBD (Jet Blast Deflector, a big piece of metal behind the plane that can be raised) is used to prevent the exhaust from the airplane preparing to take-off from blowing away other aircraft lined up behind it.

Jets take a few seconds to spool up to full power (i.e. no full thrust from the get go), so the use of these chocks is pretty vital. On some (Russian) aircraft a thrust override (carrier takeoff) switch can be set to provide even more engine power, to be used when an aircraft is heavily loaded or in bad weather conditions.

The drawbacks of using STOBAR is that you get to bring less overall weight, so less weapons and fuel to maintain the amount of power versus weight (also called the thrust vs. weight) ratio to be able to safely launch (although you will typically top up on fuel after launching from any carrier). Also, because the ramp takes up valuable space on the carrier (you can't park aircraft on the ramp), you can typically bring less planes aboard and you will not be able to launch as many planes from a STOBAR carrier (as they all have to use the same ramp to launch).

----

==== Catapults (CATOBAR) ====

[[File:F18_Carrier_Takeoff.gif|thumb|right|[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZzVW9315ur0| F-18C taking off using the catapult]]]

Rather than implement the STOBAR ramp system, the United States (whom pioneered the system) and most NATO countries instead use the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CATOBAR| '''CATOBAR''' (Catapult Assisted Take-Off But Arrested Recovery ] system. The aircraft catapult is a launcher to which an aircraft is hooked up, which is then launched using external power from the carrier (either steam or electromagnetic power).

Up to the Cold War most aircraft used a length of reinforced rope (called a bridle) to attach to the catapult shuttle, but in all aircraft after the Cold War the shuttle instead connects to the nose gear of the aircraft via the launch bar. The pilot can selectively lower the launch bar with a switch in the cockpit to hook up to the catapult (shuttle). This shuttle also holds back the aircraft, so that the engines can be run up to full (afterburning) mode before launching. The catapult is then set to the appropriate amount of power and the aircraft can be subsequently launched.

Although more expensive (maintenance costs) to operate than the comparative ramp system, the catapult system allows you more flexibility in operating it: you can increase the amount of power on the catapult for heavier aircraft (more fuel/ordinance), as well as being able to hookup and launch multiple aircraft in quick succession by using multiple catapults.

----

==== Arresting gear ====

[[File:F18_Carrier_Landing.gif|thumb|right|[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I3fm4HwVdE8| F-18C landing with arrestor wires]]]

To allow aircraft to land in a much smaller space, a number of wires (typically 4 or 5) are strung across the landing deck. The aircraft catches one of these '''arresting wires''' with the use of the hook built into the airframe, after which the aircraft slows down rapidly (though quite harshly). Obviously aircraft such as helicopters and STOL/STOVL (such as the Harrier or F-35) do not need these arresting wires, as they can simply land (semi) vertically.

Because of the limited length of the landing area and the harsh landing, the aircraft used for landing on a carrier (carrier aircraft) also have very robust landing gear to withstand the high rate of descend. In a way, landing on an aircraft carrier is more controlled crashing than actual landing.

To allow aircraft carriers to launch and recover aircraft at the same time, the landing deck often has an offset: this means the landing deck is at an angle compared to the rest of the ship (typically at 9 degrees). Typically you will visually adjust for this offset (respective of the carrier course) in your landing procedure, but during nighttime or bad visibility you will be given a different heading to adjust for this offset automatically.

----

==== IFLOLS ====

[[File:IFLOLS diagram.png|thumb|right|[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Optical_landing_system#Improved_fresnel_lens_optical_landing_system_(IFLOLS)| IFLOLS]]]

The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Optical_landing_system#Improved_fresnel_lens_optical_landing_system_(IFLOLS)| IFLOLS (Improved Fresnel Optical Landing System)] is a system used on carriers to guide aircraft into the correct landing approach ('line-up'). Aside from extreme weather conditions or nighttime (both leading to limited visibility) landings, you will use this system to correctly line yourself up so that you may make a successful landing first time round.

The LSO (Landing Signal Officer) are in charge of operating these lights and will guide you on landing the aircraft, as well as grading the landing attempt afterwards. Please see the appropriate chapter for further information on LSO Grading: you can use the foldout button below to show the IFLOLS names for the lights.

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="3" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | | IFLOLS: Carrier Landing Lights |
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | #
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Name
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Function
|-
| 1
| Ladder /
Meatball
| On this vertical bar with yellow/red lights, the orange ball ('meatball') will move up and down
according to aircraft position. If the ball is too low, your aircraft is too low. If the ball is too high, your
aircraft is too high. The goal is to line it up with the datum lights (2) for optimal landing: should the orange
ball fall into red lights you are dangerously low and you will need to wave off (stop) the landing attempt.
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 2
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Datum lights
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | These green horizontal bar of lights indicates your ideal line up: the goal is to have the orange ball ('meatball')
line up with the datum lights for ideal vertical landing position.
|-
| 3
| Cut lights
| On early approach the cut lights illuminate 2 ~ 3 seconds to indicate 'proceed with landing'. Any subsequent
illumination means 'add power', according to length of illumination of lights
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 4
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Wave off lights
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Should the landing fall outside safe parameters (for example you are way too low), the LSO will call 'Wave Off!'
and these lights will illuminate: you need to terminate the landing attempt and go around (climb away).
|-
| 5
| Emergency wave off lights
| Identical in function to normal Wave Off Lights (4): for really dense pilots.
|}

----

==== ACLS / ICLS ====

----

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

=== Carrier Deck Layout ===

Let's first familiarize ourselves with the overall carrier deck layout (topology). Unlike an airfield, where there is space aplenty, the carrier is quite cramped and often busy with other aircraft, so knowing where you are going (and not hindering others) is vital.

[[File:ACTUAL_CARRIER_TOPOLOGY.png|right|800px]]

All (modern) aircraft carriers more or less have the same layout: the figure here shows the diagram of the USS Nimitz class carriers, but we could still apply the location names to all other carriers (including carriers such as the Russian Admiral Kuznetsov).

Objects such as parked aircraft or munition carts can be placed on the aircraft deck (by the mission developer): even if they are not moving ('static') they can till be collideable. So ensure your path and catapult '''are clear before moving''', before finding out on take-off that there is an aircraft parked on the catapult.

The most critical locations on an aircraft carrier are the '''catapults''' or ramp (marked in green and numbered), and the '''landing deck''' (between the red stripes, with yellow centerline). These are for respectively launching aircraft (taking off) and recovering aircraft (landing), so like a runway, '''do not block them'''. Typical recovery or departure intervals are approximately 20 to 30 seconds, so try to cross them quick if you have to and be wary of other aircraft.

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="6" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | | Carrier Topology List |
|-
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | #
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Name
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Location
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Colour
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Function
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Notes
|-
| 1
| Landing Deck
| Slanted along deck
| Between red lines,
with yellow centerline
| Landing aircraft
| Keep clear at all times
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 2
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Catapults
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Bow (front)
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | In green,
JBD in light blue
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Launching aircraft
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Be mindful about
parked aircraft
obstructing catapults
|-
| 3
| Island
| Starboard,
midways ship
| In purple
| Ship control,
aircraft control tower
| Waive to your Airboss
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 4
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Elevators
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Edge of ship
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | In blue
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Transporting aircraft
to hangar / deck
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| 5
| Crotch
| Bow (front)
| Black
| Do NOT use for landing lineup
|
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 6
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Box
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Between catapults
#1 and #2
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Black
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Shooter /
catapult control
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Little hut where the
catapult controller sits
|-
| 7
| Point
| Starboard bow
|
| QRA: Quick Reaction Alert
| Parking aircraft for quick
reaction air support
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 8
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Corral
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Between elevators
#1 and #2
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Parking
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| 9
| Street
| Midship / Center
|
| Access to elevators, corral, sixpack
|
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 10
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Sixpack
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Midship / Center
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Parking
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| 11
| Junkyard
| Between island and
elevator #3
|
| Parking of AWACS, Tanker,
Transport aircraft
|
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 12
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Patio
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Starboard stern
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Parking
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| 13
| LSO
| Port stern
|
| Landing Officer
| Bunch of guys grading
your landing
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 14
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Finger
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Port stern
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Parking
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|}

Knowing these areas by name is certainly not required, but know to keep the landing deck clear!

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

----

== Carrier Cases ==

During carrier operations we use 1 of 3 possible cases, with cases each having different approaches and procedures: this is to adjust to the weather and visibility conditions. The carrier will normally dictate which case is currently in use, but mainly it is dependant on the minimum visibility ('horizontal sightlines') and ceiling ('vertical visibility') according to the table below:

{| class="wikitable"
! style="background-color:#f8a102; color:#000000;" | Case
! style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Conditions
! style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Ceiling
! style="background-color:#f8a102; color:#000000;" | Visibility
|-
| 1
| No instrument conditions during daytime departures/recoveries
| > 3000 ft (910 m)
| > 5 nm (9.3 km)
|-
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | 2
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | (Light) Instrument conditions during daytime departures/recoveries
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | > 1000 ft (300 m)
| style="background-color:#accc4f;" | > 5 nm (9.3 km)
|-
| 3
| Severe instrument conditions during daytime '''and nighttime''' recoveries
| < 1000 ft (300 m)
| < 5 nm (9.3 km)
|}

Please note that recovering during night time automatically defers you to a case 3 landing, regardless of actual weather and visibility conditions.

=== Altitudes, ranges and distances ===

The Air Traffic Controller in charge of the flight procedures around the carrier is called the 'Marshall', and he gets to boss you around for not flying perfectly perpendicular to his nice pattern / approach. He will tell you what case the carrier is currently operating in, gives you permission to transition to a given holding stack (altitude) or move closer to the carrier (zone).

Most notably the Marshall should tell you the '''BRC''', or '''Base Recovery Course'''. This the current course that the carrier is moving in, and should be the course that you adhere to for landing your aircraft on the carrier deck: please note that the actual carrier landing deck is offset by 9 degrees from the BRC. During Case 3 conditions you will instead be told the '''FB''', or '''Final Bearing''' which is the BRC adjusted with the 9 degree offset (FB = BRC - 9).

Below are the altitude blocks and zone distances associated with carrier operations:

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="7" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Carrier Altitudes and Zoning
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#f8a102;" | Altitude
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Zone
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#f8a102;" | Distance
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Altitude
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Zone
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 6000+ ft
| Case 3 Marshall (traffic) stack
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right;" | 50 nm DME
| Inf.
| CCA, Carrier Controlled Area
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 3000+ ft
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Case 1 holding pattern / stack
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 10 nm DME
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Inf.
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Marshall Controlled Area
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 1200 ft
| Case 3 approach and missed approach
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right;" | 5 nm DME
| 2500 ft
| CCZ, Carrier Controlled Zone
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 800 ft
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Case 1 initial overhead break
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 600 ft
| Case 1 downwind and missed approach
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right;" |
|
|
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 500 ft
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Case 1 departure in CCZ
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 300 ft
| Helicopter operations in CCZ
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: right;" |
|
|
|}

Distances given in '''DME''' (Distance Measuring Equipment) are thus identical to distance from the carrier: this distance can be obtained by using the TACAN signal of the carrier or similar equipment (ICLS).

----

== Carrier TakeOff ==

----

== Carrier Landing ==

For this chapter we have outline the various carrier cases landing procedures and approaches: for ease of use these are split into the traffic pattern and landing pattern. The '''traffic pattern''' is used for approaching to the carrier and holding the in the traffic pattern / stack until you it is your time to land on the carrier (which usually involves waiting for other pilots to land first). The '''landing pattern''' goes about explaining the actual steps for the landing approach. Thanks to Kola360 we have also been able to provide you with the relevant communications guide for these cases.

We would like to give a massive 'Thank you' to '''Jabbers''', '''Kola360''' and '''Redkite''' for their contributions to making these chapters.

----
=== Case 1 Landing ===

<gallery widths=300px heights=300px>
File:Case_1_stack_pattern.png|none|alt=Alt text|Case 1 Traffic Pattern
File:Case 1 landing pattern.png|none|alt=Alt text|Case 1 Landing Pattern
File:IFLOLS diagram.png|none|alt=Alt text|IFLOLS
</gallery>

The Case 1 landing in good visibility conditions is (and probably should be) the first type of landing you learn for carrier recovery. It follows these 3 stages:
; 1. Enter traffic pattern
: For case 1 you will contact the relevant air controllers (see communications list), which will grant your permission to enter the airspace and direct you to a holding pattern / altitude (a circle of approx. 5 nm at 1000 feet intervals, starting at 2000 feet).
; 2. Fly landing pattern
: When you are cleared by the Marshall for landing, you will use the landing pattern to get to the carrier (on final, or 'in the groove')
; 3. Line up with IFLOLS
: The final stage of Case 1 is the line-up with the IFLOLS on final approach, or 'in the groove'



Instructions for Case 1 communications and approach pattern are in the table below. For this communications example our pilot has (side) number '118' and we have a number of radio frequencies (called 'buttons'): the pilot/side number and radio frequencies will most likely be different in your scenario.

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="5" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Case 1 Communication / Landing Pattern
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | #
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Location
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Pilot action
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Messages
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Frequency
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 1
| 17000 ft, 75+ DME
Outside of CCA (~ 50 nm)
| style="text-align: center;" | Ask permission from Red Crown to enter.
| Pilot: [Red Crown, 118, Mother's 250 for 75, Angels 17] 
 
Red Crown: [118, Sweet/Sweet, contact Strike on Button 3]
| style="text-align: center;" | Button 4,
256.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 2
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 12000 ft, 55 DME
Inside CCA
Outside Marshall Area (10 nm)
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Ask permission from Strike to enter.
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot: [Strike, 118, flight of 2, Mother's 250 for 55, Angels 12] 
Pilot: [State 5.4, no Alibis] 
 
Strike: [118, Sweet/Sweet, Mother is VFR, Case 1] 
Strike: [Contact Marshall on Button 2] 
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Button 3,
265.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 3
| 9000 ft, 52 DME
| style="text-align: center;" | Pilot makes call outside 10 nm (but inside CCA).
Contact Marshall to enter CCA.
| Pilot: [Marshall, 118, 2050 for 52, Angels 9, State 5.3] 
Marshall: [118, Case 1, BRC is 010, hold at 2000, Charlie Time 22] 
Marshall: [Altimeter 29.92. Report see me.] 
 
Pilot: [118, Wilco]
| style="text-align: center;" | Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 4
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 5000 ft, 10 DME
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot has visual on carrier. Cleared to enter stack
(2000 ft, stack 1). Monitor button 1 for other traffic.
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot: [118, See you at 10] 
 
Marshall: [118, Switch Tower on Button 1]
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 5
| 2000 ft, In the Stack
| style="text-align: center;" | Pilot has obtained Charlie Time from Marshall and
must be 'At Ramp' at given time (2200 hours).
| style="text-align: center;" | Zip Lip, unless [safety concerns].
Monitor Button 1 for traffic
| style="text-align: center;" | Button 1,
301.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 6
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 2000 ft, In the Stack
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot matches speed so he is 'At Ramp'
on Charlie Time
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | IMC ONLY
Pilot: [118, Commencing] 
Pilot: [118, at Initial]
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Button 1,
301.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 7
| 800 ft
| style="text-align: center;" | Case 1 Recovery
| LSO: [3/4 mile, Call the Ball] 
 
Pilot: [118, tomcat/hornet, call/clara, state, auto*] 
 
LSO: [Roger Ball]
| style="text-align: center;" | Button 1,
301.000 AM
|-
| colspan="5" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Additional case 1 communication
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 8
| 2000 ft, In the Stack
| Air Boss adds Delta Time to given Charlie Time:
'At Ramp' time becomes Charlie Time + Delta Time
| Air Boss: [118, Delta 6]
| Button 1,
301.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right; background-color:#accf40;" | 9
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 2000 ft, Commencing
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot has to go into spin pattern before
heading for the initial break
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Air Boss: [118, Spin It] 
 
Pilot: [118, Spinning]
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Button 1,
301.000 AM
|-
| style="text-align: right;" | 10
| 600 ft, Abeam carrier
| Pilot has extend downwind too far and must
return to initial (800 ft starboard of carrier),
to redo the case 1 pattern
| Air Boss: [118, too long in the groove,
(an airbus cut you off), wave off and return to pattern]
| Button 1,
301.000 AM
|}

Once you have successfully reached step 7 in the communications example above you should now go into the Case 1 Landing Pattern, as follows in the table below:

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="3" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Case 1 Landing Pattern
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | #
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | F-14
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | F-18
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | A
| style="text-align: center;" | 800 ft entry, approx. 300 - 350 kts,hook down, wing sweep 68
| style="text-align: center;" | 800 ft entry, approx. 300 - 350 kts,hook down
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | B
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Speedbrake[1], radar altimeter to 370 ft
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | C
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;" | Level break at 1.5 ~ 2.0 nm DME; 15 to 17 seconds between breaks,level turn at 800 ft.
Turn should be at 45 ~ 50 degrees of bank or at 10% in G of airspeed (i.e. 330 kts -> 3.3 G).
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | D
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Halfway into turn, set gear down at < 280 ktsand flaps/slats at < 225 kts
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Halfway into turn, setgear/flaps/slats at < 250 kts
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | E
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;" | Descend to 600 ft, auto throttle[1]
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | F
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | On-speed AOA at 15 units, set DLC
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | On-speed AOA at 8 units
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | G
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;" | 600 ft
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | H
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Prepare to turn once abeam of LSO station, at 1 ~ 1.3 nm abeam DME
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | I
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;" | Commence turn once 'round down' visible, turn at ~ 30 degrees bank
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | J
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | Maintain AOA, halfway into turn at 500 ft
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | K
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;" | Enter groove at ~ 350 ft (altimeter!), at 3/4 miles, on-speed and call the ball:side number, tomcat/hornet, ball/clara[2], fuelstate[3], (auto[4])
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#6665cd;" | W
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center; background-color:#6665cd;" | Upon (or prior to) waveoff set full power: return to BRC paralleland intercept pattern at LSO / marshall discretion
|-
| colspan="3" style="background-color:#000000;" |
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right;" | Speedbrake / ATC [1]
| As desired
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right; background-color:#f8ff00;" | Clara [2]
| style="background-color:#f8ff00;" | Ball is obscured, LSO will give instructions
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right;" | Fuelstate [3]
| Remaining fuel in thousands of pounds:5100 pounds -> 5.1
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right; background-color:#f8ff00;" | Auto [4]
| style="background-color:#f8ff00;" | Auto throttle is engaged
|}

Once you are on final approach / in the groove (K), you should now switch to the use of the IFLOLS system. This last phase should last around 15 - 17 seconds: any shorter and you may not be able to line up correctly, any longer and the LSO / Marshall will wave you off for being in the pattern for too long.

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="3" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | IFLOLS
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | #
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Name
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Function
|-
| 1
| Ladder /
Meatball
| On this vertical bar with yellow/red lights, the orange ball ('meatball') will move up and down
according to aircraft position. If the ball is too low, your aircraft is too low. If the ball is too high, your
aircraft is too high. The goal is to line it up with the datum lights (2) for optimal landing: should the orange
ball fall into red lights you are dangerously low and you will need to wave off (stop) the landing attempt.
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 2
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Datum lights
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | These green horizontal bar of lights indicates your ideal line up: the goal is to have the orange ball ('meatball')
line up with the datum lights for ideal vertical landing position.
|-
| 3
| Cut lights
| On early approach the cut lights illuminate 2 ~ 3 seconds to indicate 'proceed with landing'. Any subsequent
illumination means 'add power', according to length of illumination of lights
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 4
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Wave off lights
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Should the landing fall outside safe parameters (for example you are way too low), the LSO will call 'Wave Off!'
and these lights will illuminate: you need to terminate the landing attempt and go around (climb away).
|-
| 5
| Emergency wave off lights
| Identical in function to normal Wave Off Lights (4): for really dense pilots.
|}

The IFLOLS landing phase will typically be accompanied by call-outs from the LSO, which can be found in the next chapter.
----
=== LSO (Landing Signal Officer) ===

In here you will find the various relevant callouts the Landing Signal Officer (LSO) can make during landing. Please refer to the relevant Case 1, 2, 3 landings to find specifics as to the callouts in those situations: for example during Case 1 communications are kept to a minimum (unless there are safety concerns).

==== Carrier Landing LSO Callouts ====

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="3" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | LSO Callouts
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Callout
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | By
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
|-
| Paddles Contact
| LSO
| You are abeam LSO platform, begin final turn
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 3/4 mile call the ball
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | LSO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Can you see the meatball?
|-
| style="color:#3166ff;" | 118 Tomcat Ball 5.6
| style="color:#3166ff;" | Pilot
| style="color:#3166ff;" | Modex / Aircraft Type / Meatball / Fuelstate / Auto* [1]
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Go Manual
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | LSO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Disengage Autothrottles (ATC)
|-
| Roger Ball
| LSO
| Aircraft is cleared to continue
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | You are high
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | LSO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Aircraft is above glideslope
|-
| Power
| LSO
| Add power, aircraft below glideslope
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Right for lineup
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | LSO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Come right to centerline
|-
| Come left
| LSO
| Come left to centerline
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Easy with it
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | LSO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Control corrections are excessive
|-
| In Close
| LSO
| Aircraft at ramp
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | You are fast/slow
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | LSO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Adjust aircraft AOA, it is incorrect
|-
| style="color:#fe0000;" | Burner!
| style="color:#fe0000;" | LSO
| style="color:#fe0000;" | Select afterburner!
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40; color:#fe0000;" | Wave-Off!
| style="background-color:#accf40; color:#fe0000;" | LSO
| style="background-color:#accf40; color:#fe0000;" | Execute Wave-Off!
|-
| Bolter
| LSO
| You missed all the arrestor wires
|}

As to the pilot 3/4 mile ball call, it used the following format:
Modex / Aircraft Type / Meatball / Fuelstate / Auto* [1]
; Modex
: Side number of aircraft
; Aircraft type
: Tomcat, Hornet, Harrier
; Meatball (IFLOLS)
: If you can visually acquire (see) the meatball, say 'ball'.
: If you cannot see the meatball, say 'clara' and the LSO will talk you in during your landing
; Fuelstate
: The fuel remaining in thoudands of pounds: 5100 pounds -> 5.1, 3500 pounds -> 3.5
; Auto
: Only say this if you are using autothrottles

So for a Hornet with 3400 pounds of fuel, with sidenumber 102, using autothrottles, of which the pilot can see the meatball, the ball call would be:
102 Hornet Ball 3.4 auto
And equally for a Tomacat with 4100 pounds of fuel, side number 118, of which the pilot cannot see the meatball:
118 Tomcat Clara 4.1

==== LSO Grading ====

After you have made a landing attempt you can expect an evaluation and grade for your landing: these are written in the LSO shorthand. On-board a carrier these are typically posted on a board, with on-going scoring: aside from bragging rights, scoring is kept to visualise performance and re-educate pilots doing poorly.

[[File:Carrier glideslope.png|500px|thumb|right|caption|Glide slope naming 
X - At the Start 
IM - In the Middle 
IC - In Close 
AR - At Ramp 
IW - In the Wires 
AW - All the Way 
]]

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="4" style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Overall Grade
|-
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Grade
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Score
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Rating
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Score
|-
| _OK_
| OK Underline
| Perfect pass: rarely awarded
| 5
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | OK
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | OK Pass
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pass with very minor deviations
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 4
|-
| (OK)
| Fair Pass
| Pass with one or more safe deviations
| 3
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | B
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Bolter
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Safe pass where aircraft fails to hook a wire
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 2.5
|-
| --
| No Grade
| Pass with gross (still safe) deviations:
failure to listen to LSO, inappropriate actions
| 2
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | TWO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Technique Waveoff
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pass with unsafe deviations: needed to be aborted
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 1
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | C
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Cut Pass
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Unsafe pass with unacceptable deviations
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 0
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | WO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Foul Deck Waveoff
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Aborted pass after landing deck fouled (blocked):
no points and not counted towards average
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | ---
|}

Aside from the overall grading board, there will also be a board or score sheet which has the development of each landing noted in the symbology. We can split this apart in the general symbology and the overall symbology, as per the [http://www.navyair.com/LSO_NATOPS_Manual.pdf LSO Natops Manual]. The table below list the most frequently used entries:

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="5" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | LSO General Symbology
|-
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Symbology
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Symbology
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | WO
| Waveoff
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | ()
| A little
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | WOP
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Waveoff Pattern
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | _Comment_
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | A lot
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | OWO
| Own Waveoff
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | []
| Ignored signal LSO
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | TWO
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Technique Waveoff
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | O
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Signal acknowledged
too slowly
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | TLU
| Test Lineup
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | OC
| Over Corrected
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | _OK_
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Perfect Pass
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | •
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Indicates 'on'
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | OK
| Reasonable Pass
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | -
| Indicates 'to'
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | (OK)
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Fair Pass
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | PATT
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pattern
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | ---
| No Grade
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | M1
| Mode 1 ACLS
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | C
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Cut
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | (A)
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Auto
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | B
| Bolter
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | BC
| Missed / incorrect
Ball Call
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | NC
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | No Count
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | AFU
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | All 'Fouled' Up
|}

Below are the additional (remaining) entries from the LSO Jargon table: these are not frequently used, unlike the ones in the general table.

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="11" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | LSO Grading Jargon
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | SYM
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | SYM
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | SYM
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | SYM
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Meaning
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | AA
| Angling Approach
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | HO
| Hold Off
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | OR
| Overrotate
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | TMP
| Too Much Power
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | ACC
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Accelerate
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | LIG
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Long In Groove
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | OS
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Overshoot
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | TMRD
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Too Much Rate of Descent
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | AFU
| All 'Fouled' Up
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | LL
| Landed Left
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | OSCB
| Overshoot Coming Back
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | TMRR
| Too Much Right Rudder
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | B
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Flat glideslope
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | LLU
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Late LineUp
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | P
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Power
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | TTL
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Turned Too Late
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | C
| Climbing
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | LO
| Low
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | PD
| Pitching Deck
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | TTS
| Turned Too Soon
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | CB
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Coming Back to lineup
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | LR
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Landed Right
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | PNU
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pulled Nose Up
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | TWA
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Too Wide Abeam
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | CD
| Coming Down
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | LTR
| Left To Right
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | ROT
| Rotate
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | W
| Wings
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | CH
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Chased
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | LU
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | LineUp
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | RUD
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Rudder
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | WU
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Wrapped Up
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | CO
| Come-On
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | LUL
| Lined Up Left
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | RUF
| Rough
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | XCTL
| Cross Control
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | CU
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Cocked Up
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | LUR
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Lined Up Right
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | RWD
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Right Wing Down (DWR)
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | /
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Fly through glideslope (going up)
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | DD
| Deck Down
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | LWD
| Left Wing Down (DWL)
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | RR
| Right Rudder
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | \
| Fly through glideslope (going down)
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | DEC
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Decelerate
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | N
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Nose
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | RTL
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Right To Left
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | LLWD
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Landed Left Wing Down
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | DL
| Drifted Left
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | NC
| Nice Correction
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | S
| Settle
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | LRWD
| Landed Right Wing Down
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | DN
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Dropped Nose
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | ND
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Nose Down
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | SD
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Spotted Deck
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | LNF
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Landed Nose First
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | DR
| Drifted Right
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | NEA
| Not Enough Attitude
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | SHT
| Ship's Turn
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | ^
| Over the Top
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | DU
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Deck up
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | NEP
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Not Enough Power
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | SKD
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Skid
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | EG
| Eased Gun
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | NERD
| Not Enough Rate of Descent
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | SLO
| Slow
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" |
|
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | F
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Fast
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | NERR
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Not Enough Right Rudder
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | SRD
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Stopped Rate of Descent
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | FD
| Fouled Deck
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | NESA
| Not Enough Straight Away
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | ST
| Steep Turn
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" |
|
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | GLI
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Gliding Approach
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | NH
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | No Hook
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | TCA
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Too Close Abeam
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" |
| style="background-color:#accf40;" |
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | H
| High
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | NSU
| Not Set Up
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" | TMA
| Too Much Attitude
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="text-align: center;" |
|
|}

----
=== Case 2 Landing ===

Case 2 recoveries (landings) are in practice a weird (Frankenstein) mix of both Case 1 and Case 3 landings, so we advise you familiarise yourself with these cases first and then come back to the Case 2 recoveries.

In essence the Case 2 recoveries are flown by entering the Case 3 Stack pattern and pushing to the boat (aircraft carrier) as normal, but once you get within visual range of the carrier you instead transition to the Case 1 Landing Pattern.

----

=== Case 3 Landing ===

<gallery widths=400px heights=400px>
File:Case 3 landing pattern.png|Case 3 Landing Pattern
File:IFLOLS diagram.png|thumb|right|[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Optical_landing_system#Improved_fresnel_lens_optical_landing_system_(IFLOLS)| IFLOLS]
</gallery>

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="5" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Case 3 Communication
|-
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | #
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Location
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Pilot Action
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Messages
| style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Frequency
|-
| 1
| 17000 ft, 75+ DME
Outside of CCA (~50 nm)
| Ask permission from Red Crown to enter.
| Pilot: [Red Crown, 118, Mother's 250 for 75, Angels 17] 

Red Crown: [118, Sweet/Sweet, contact Strike on Button 3]
| Button 4,
256.000 AM
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 2
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 16000 ft, 55 DME
Inside CCA (~ 50 nm), outside
Marshall Area (10 nm)
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Ask permission from Strike to enter.
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot: [Strike, 118, flight of 1, Mother's 250 for 55, Angels 12] 
Pilot: [State 5.4, no Alibis] 

Strike: [118, Sweet/Sweet, Mother is IMC, Case 3] 
Strike: [Contact Marshall on Button 2] 
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Button 3,
265.000 AM
|-
| 3
| 14000 ft, 52 DME
| Ask for assigned stack from Marshall:
Stack is given on radial 082, 22 nm 
behind the carrier and at 7000 ft.

Marshall also gives other key information (write it down!)
| Pilot: [Marshall, 118, 250 for 52, Angels 14, State 5.3]

Marshall: [118, Mother's weather is 600 overcast, visibility 3 miles, altimeter 29.87] 
Marshall: [Case 3 recovery, Marshall on the 082, 22, angels 7.] 

Marshall: [Expected Final Bearing 262, Expected approach time 22, Approach button 18] 

Pilot: [118, Altimeter 29.87, Marshall on the 082, 22, angels 7. Expected approach
time 22.]
| Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 4
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 7000 ft, in holding pattern
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot has established holding pattern at 7000 ft: gives fuel state for Marshall to keep track off
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot: [118, established angels 7. State 5.1]
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| 5
| All flights
| Marshall constantly updates all flights with new info: bearing, visibility, altimeter QFH
| Marshall: [118, altimeter 29.88. New final bearing is 265]
| Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 6
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 7000 ft, leaving holding pattern
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot notifies Marshall the descent 
from holding pattern has begun, 
states altimeter setting +
fuel state
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot: [118, Commencing, 29.88, state 4.8]
Marshall: [118, roger]
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| 7
| 5000 ft (platform),
descending
| Pilot notifies Marshall he is passing
5000 ft (platform)
| Pilot: [118, platform]
| Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 8
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 1200 - 5000 ft, descend
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Marshall hands pilot off to approach
(can happen before reaching platform!)
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Pilot: [118, checking in, state 4.6]
Marshall: [118, switch button 18]
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Button 2,
264.000 AM
|-
| 9
| 1200 - 5000 ft, descending
| Pilot checks in with approach: pilot may 
be asked to dirty up earlier / later to 
match correct landing intervals
| Pilot: [118, checking in, state 4.5]
Marshall: [118, final bearing 262]
| Button 18,
251.000 AM
|-
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 10
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | 1200 ft,
around 4 -8 nm DME
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | When ACLS is acquired, 
approach asks what ACLS ('needles') is showing. 

If unsatisfactory, new lock will be tried: 
if no lock approach will tell pilot to
fly ICLS ('bullseye')
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Approach: [118, say needles] 
Pilot: [405, fly up, on] 
Approach: [118, fly your needles] 

OR

Approach: [118, fly bullseye]
| style="background-color:#accf40;" | Button 18,
251.000 AM
|-
| 11
| 800 ft,
3/4 mile
| LSO chimes in
| LSO: [3/4 mile, Call The Ball] 
Pilot: [118, tomcat/hornet, ball/clara, state, auto*] 
LSO: [Roger Ball]
| Button 18, 251.000 AM
|}

{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable"
! colspan="3" style="background-color:#f8a102;" | Case 3 Landing Pattern
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Pattern
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center; background-color:#f8a102;" | Step
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | A
| colspan="2" | Marshall stack: starting at 6000 ft, with increments of 1000 ftfor each flight / package
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | B
| colspan="2" style="background-color:#accf40;" | Platform, passing 5000 ft
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | C
| colspan="2" | 10 miles DME, 600 ft, commence landing descent
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | D
| colspan="2" style="background-color:#accf40;" | 6 miles DME, maintain 1200 ft ACLS (Automated Carrier Landing System)[1]
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | E
| colspan="2" | 1.5 miles DME, 600 ft, commence landing descent
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | F
| colspan="2" style="background-color:#accf40;" | 1 mile DME, 400 ft
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | G
| colspan="2" | 3/4 mile DME, call the ballside number, tomcat/hornet, ball/clara[2], fuelstate[3], (auto[4])
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | H
| colspan="2" style="background-color:#accf40;" | 1/2 mile DME, 200 ft
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | I
| colspan="2" | Wave off on Final Heading, climb to 1200 ft
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | J
| colspan="2" style="background-color:#accf40;" | Turn to downwind heading, using 10% speed G-turn
|-
| style="text-align: center;" | K
| colspan="2" | Maintain 1200 ft and on speed AOA, flaps/slats/gear/hook down
|-
| style="text-align: center; background-color:#accf40;" | L
| colspan="2" style="background-color:#accf40;" | Turn into Final Heading via 18 ~ 22 degree bank turn
|-
| colspan="2" style="background-color:#000000;" |
| style="background-color:#000000;" |
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right;" | Speedbrake / ACLS [1]
| As desired
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right; background-color:#f8ff00;" | Clara [2]
| style="background-color:#f8ff00;" | Ball is obscured, LSO will give instructions
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right;" | Fuelstate [3]
| Remaining fuel in thousands of pounds:5100 pounds -> 5.1
|-
| colspan="2" style="text-align: right; background-color:#f8ff00;" | Auto [4]
| style="background-color:#f8ff00;" | Auto throttle is engaged
|}

----

== References ==

[https://www.cnatra.navy.mil/local/docs/pat-pubs/P-816.pdf US Navy Carrier Case 1/2/3 PDF File]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2yEt9QC5ltg&feature=youtu.be Aircraft Carrier Communications, two hours worth of carrier radio chatter]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T13:01:29Z

Trashfire: /* Nosewheel Steering (NWS) */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
 
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T12:54:15Z

Trashfire: /* Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS) */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
 
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T12:52:56Z

Trashfire: /* Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS) */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg

Engage desired AFC Mode using the AFC switch (and the ALT HOLD switch if required)
You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or toggling the AFC.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T12:49:04Z

Trashfire: /* Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS) */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
*Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
*Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
*Engage desired AFC Mode using the AFC switch (and the ALT HOLD switch if required)
*You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
*You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T12:42:19Z

Trashfire: /* Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS) */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
*Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS switches ON
*Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the following conditions are respected or the autopilot will
automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
*Engage desired AFC Mode using the AFC switch (and the ALT HOLD switch if required)
*You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
*You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS Disconnect Switch or

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T12:31:27Z

Trashfire: /* Flight Controls and Landing Gear */ 1st Hack6

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
==Landing Gear==
The landing gear system consists of a nose gear, a main gear with twin wheels in tandem with the nose
gear and two single wheel wing gears. Accidental retraction, when the aircraft is on the ground, is prevented by a weight-on-wheels (WOW) switch and ground safety locks.
==Nosewheel Steering (NWS)==
The NWS system is an electro-hydraulic operated system that provides directional control for ground operations with three modes
*Caster
*LO GAIN Steering: The rudder pedals are connected to the system. Nose wheel has a range of movement between -14° and 14° degrees.
*HI GAIN Steering: The nose wheel range of movement is increased to +/- 45°. HI GAIN steering is undesirable above 20 Knots Ground Speed due to poor directional control characteristics '''YOU WILL ROLL LIKE A PIG IN MUD AT HIGH GROUND SPEED AND NWS INPUTS.'''
A fourth steering mode, centered, is used for gear retraction. When the landing gear handle is placed in the up position, the nose wheel will automatically steer to the center position at which time the landing gear retraction will commence.
With the landing gear handle DOWN, the NWS mode is controlled by the anti-skid switch and the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] button on HOTAS. With anti-skid set to ON, CASTER mode is selected. With the anti-skid switch set to NWS, Pressing the [AG Target Undesignate/NWS/FOV Toggle] HOTAS button increases the steering mode by one gain so that from CASTER mode it changes to LO GAIN mode and from LO GAIN mode it changes to HI GAIN mode.
With the HUD in VSTOL mode, indications provide cues as to steering position and mode. Whenever the nose wheel is within 30 of neutral, a C will appear inside the slideslip ball. A steering mode indication is provided in the lower right hand corner of the HUD. The indications are:
*'''CTR:''' Centered
*'''CAST:''' Caster
*'''NWS:''' Lo Gain
*'''NWS HI:''' Hi Gain
A NWS light, on the caution/advisory panel, illuminates to indicate that a steering failure has occurred.

=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
*Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS swiches
ON
*Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the
following conditions are respected or the autopilot will
automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per
minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
*Engage desired AFC Mode using the AFC switch (and the ALT
HOLD switch if required)
*You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged
to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
*You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS
Disconnect Switch or

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T12:10:49Z

Trashfire:

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
----
=Stability Augmentation and Attitude Hold System (SAAHS)=
----
AKA Autopilot. Not a very complicated system. First engage AFC then engage ALT HOLD.

The autopilot of the Harrier is not very complicated to use.
*Make sure you have all your Yaw, Pitch and Roll SAS swiches
ON
*Set aircraft in desired altitude/attitude and make sure that the
following conditions are respected or the autopilot will
automatically disengage:
* You are not in a steep climb/descent (+/- 2000 ft per
minute)
* Airspeed must be greater than 160 kts
* Your bank angle must be lesser than +/- 20 deg
* Your pitch angle must be between -15 deg to +20 deg
*Engage desired AFC Mode using the AFC switch (and the ALT
HOLD switch if required)
*You can use your trim controls while the autopilot is engaged
to fine-tune your aircraft attitude.
*You can disengage the SAAHS using the Emergency SAAHS
Disconnect Switch or

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
===Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2===
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

AV-8B(NA)

2019-04-22T10:35:03Z

Trashfire:

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=AV-8B
|modulethumb=AV-8B_na.jpeg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=1AxKvVeNgc1ddXa_xH9W8tEdAblI_Mc5i
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/av8bna/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMc3c4JqoyM/
}}

The '''McDonnell Boeing (formerly Douglas) AV-8B Harrier 2 N/A (NightAttack)''' is a night attack variant developed out of Harrier line of planes. Unique to the Harrier series of planes is despite only featuring a single central engine, it can be used for both forward and VTOL flight, courtesy of the 4 nozzles positioned on the sides of the aircraft fuselage that can be rotated on pilot command. This allows the Harrier to flexibly operate from all manner of airfields (the Harrier can also take off in a conventional manner from airfields) and carriers: Harriers will typically operate from STOVL class carriers that only feature a flat deck and no further carrier implements (ramp, catapult, arresting wires). The Harrier does not require these as it can take off and land vertically: however, with any meaningful load (stores, fuel tanks) on the aircraft it will typically perform a rolling takeoff / landing instead.

The AV-8B Harrier N/A is tailored specifically towards the attack / strike role, allowing for quick attacks thanks to the high speed it can attain in forward flight. Despite the relatively small size of the Harrier it can carry a good amount of ordinance and it has a slew of sensors built into the aircraft, including a sensor package mounted on the nose contained a FLIR (Forward Looking Infrared) sensor combined with a normal video camera that can detect objects, lock onto laser designations and provide relevant targeting information for weaponry. The AV-8B can also bring the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING targetting pod on one of its stations to provide its own laser designation, in addition to providing a larger azimuth range in which the sensor can be slewed. This extensive sensor package allows it field a whole slew of both dumb and smart weapons, such as the Mk-82 bomb and its laser counterpart the GBU-12/-16, the AGM-65 Maverick anti-tank missile with CCD/IR/Laser guidance seekers, 7 inch FFR rockets in rocket pods, AIM-9 sidewinders and the AGM-122 SideARM anti-radiation missile for short range SEAD / DEAD (attack of radar-guided SAM sites).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=
----
=HOTAS=
----
=Flight Controls and Landing Gear=
=Autopilot=
----
=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
==Navigation==
==Defensive Systems==
==AN/AAQ-28V Litening II Targeting Pod==
==FLIR==
==Air-to-Air Weapons==
==Air-to-Ground Weapons==

=Resources=
----
==Mods==
====Cpt. Creosotes Harrier Sound Mod 1.2====
-Much improved APU sound
-Improved start-up ambiance
-Improved internal sounds when flying
-Adjusted external sounds
-Modified sound distances
[https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/files/3300537/ Download from DCS User Files]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qW9VCb03HSY Hear it in action]

[[Category:AV-8B]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

Ka-50

2019-04-18T11:35:38Z

Trashfire:

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=KA-50 BlackShark
|modulethumb=KA-50.jpg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=0B-uSpZROuEd3OTdRSGhSSGtCTzQ
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/dcs_black_shark_2/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CClHbRG0F10
}}

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

The '''Kamov KA-50 BlackShark''' (Russian: Чёрная акула, translates to Chornaya Akula) is a Russian attack chopper with the implementation of the distinctive Kamov Coaxial rotor system. Rather than a conventional helicopter design that leverages a large main rotor to produce lift and a smaller anti-torque rotor to prevent the helicopter fuselage from the induced rotation, the coaxial design features two main rotors spinning in opposite directions and cancelling out the rotational tendencies of the main fuselage thusly. The benefits of having such a coaxial design is that both engines produce lift (versus only one engine producing lift), thus increasing the power output of the aircraft and creating an unique and high performance aircraft that will perform excellently at extremes of the flight envelope: the KA-50 is quite capable of doing level turns at high speed, loopings and barrel rolls without the negative repercussions inherent when doing such maneuvers in a conventional helicopter.

The KA-50 prefers to engage its targets at long range in a sniper-like attack profile, contrary to other attack helicopters that may indulge in a more hit-and-run strafing tactic. Although the KA-50 is also certainly capable of performing such a brute attack, it much more favors picking off its (high-value: armored or anti-air) targets one by one using its on-board targetting system and sensors, reserving close in fighting with the gun and rockets for softer targets such as troops, artillery and trucks. The KA-50 features a large and diverse weaponry range, including the integrated Shipunov 2A42 30mm autocannon featured on the BTR-90 and BMD-2 vehicles, the S-8 series 80mm rockets in large volume rocket pods (up to 80 rockets), the laser-guided spin-stabilized 9K121 Vikhr anti-tank missiles (up to 12 missiles) and can also carry dumb iron bombs to be dropped on the targets (quite unique for a helicopter).

__TOC__

=Weapons List=

=HOTAS=

=Avionics and flight systems=

=Autopilot and Flight Director=

=Systems=
[[KA-50:Cockpit]] - Familiarization and layout.

[[KA-50:ABRIS]] - Finding your way around in the world.

[[KA-50:PVI-800]] - Inertial Navigation Computer

[[KA-50:Lighting]] - Interior and exterior lighting.

[[KA-50:HOTAS]] - HOTAS Controls and use.

[[KA-50:Quick Startup]] - How to get into the air as fast as possible.

[[KA-50:Basic Flight]]

====Tactical Systems and Situational Awareness====

[[KA-50:LWR]] - About the Laser Warning Receiver - Too cool for radar.

[[KA-50:HUD]] - Information about the HUD.

====Communications and Data Sharing====

[[KA-50:Radios]] - Information about the KA-50 radios and radio usage.

[[KA-50:Datalink]] - How to point at things you want your wingman to shoot.

====Weapon and defensive systems====

[[KA-50:Weapon Control Panel]] - Flip switch, go boom.

[[KA-50:Guided Weapon Overview]]

[[KA-50:Unguided Weapon Overview]]

[[KA-50:Countermeasures]]

=Resources=
===KA-50 Interactive Tutorials===
These provide a similar experience to the A-10 tutorials.

[[KA-50 Interactive Tutorials]]

==KA-50 Strategy==

==== Know your target area ====
Knowing what you need to kill and whats next to what you need to kill is extremely important for ground attack. The inhabitants of the target area dictate what weapons you can safely use to achieve your objective. If the target area is full of SA-15's you cannot safely use your cannon etc. If the mission briefing doesn't tell you what to expect, you should scout it out yourself. Approach up to a safe distance (10km+)of where your target is and take a look around. Not scoping out the area you're about to attack is asking to get shot down. You'd be surprised what you can see with your eyes when you zoom in all the way.

Part of knowing your target area is knowing your limits. If you're target area is a dense city or heavily forested area you should know you won't find everything and will most likely miss units. Keeping this in mind you should never fly directly over a previous target area unless you're doubly sure its clear, usually this means letting someone else go first.

==== Stand Off ====
The best advantage you can have is the ability to kill from farther away than you can be killed back. Whenever possible you should engage your targets from safely outside of the effective range of their weapons. You're primary weapon, the 9K121 Vikhr, can be reliably employed from up to 8.9km and further depending on altitude. This means you can out range any short range sam threat in the game. SA-15s, OSAs and Tunguskas are not a problem provided you scouted your approach and know where they are. Most short range SAMS wont engage you past 8.5km, Strela's won't hit past 6, avengers and manpad stingers won't go past 4.5 and laser guided tank fired missiles won't reach past 4. Against AAA threats its good to remember that if you can accurately hit them with your cannon, they can inaccurately flood your immediate airspace with fire and probably get a few hits. Its good to keep in mind that if your laser warning system goes off it almost always means you are currently in range of laser guided missiles from the more advanced tanks. It only takes around 50kph of lateral movement to make them miss but that's no reason to stay so close. If your LWS goes off turn around, reset it until it stops going off then turn back around and find out whats lasing you.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

==== Cannon ====
If you can knock out the more serious brands of AAA and SAM threats before you run out of Vihkrs you'll find the cannon extremely useful for cleaning up BMPs and the like before you leave. Emplaced ZU-23's can be dispatched from around 4km using a short burst or two of HE (high explosive) ammo since it only takes 1-2 direct round impacts to destroy them. For most other ground units you can put down effective fire from 2km, and still do some damage out to 3km. Part of a good sortie means doing everything you can with what you have. If you use your cannon effectively you can easily rack up 20 extra kills against softer targets and save yourself the back and forth to get more Vikhrs. When using the cannon in conjunction with the Shkval its best to go with a slow rate of fire for better accuracy. Save the high rate of fire for fast moving targets, enemy helicopters, or panic'd strafing runs.

The damage dealt by the AP (armor piercing) rounds is dependent on their velocity, and therefore the range to the target. While you can actually put AP rounds on target at over 3km, their speed will have decreased substantially and will do a greatly reduced amount of damage. For them to have reasonable effectiveness you'll need to be within 2km, and a distance of 1.5km or less is ideal. HE ammo doesn't suffer from this problem and is equally effective at all ranges, but on the other hand HE rounds do limited damage to anything armored.

==== Rockets ====
Rockets are sloppy at best and will require a lot of practice to use effectively. I rank them lower in usefulness than the cannons purely because of the chance factor. My advice is to use them before you attempt to gun because you never know how lucky you'll get and saving precious cannon rounds is always a good thing. A well placed volley of s-13's can be hugely devastating against a tight group of soft targets.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

[[Category:Ka-50]]

[[Category:Ka-50]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

Ka-50

2019-04-18T11:30:41Z

Trashfire: Undo revision 9130 by Trashfire (talk)

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=KA-50 BlackShark
|modulethumb=KA-50.jpg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=0B-uSpZROuEd3OTdRSGhSSGtCTzQ
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/dcs_black_shark_2/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CClHbRG0F10
}}

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

The '''Kamov KA-50 BlackShark''' (Russian: Чёрная акула, translates to Chornaya Akula) is a Russian attack chopper with the implementation of the distinctive Kamov Coaxial rotor system. Rather than a conventional helicopter design that leverages a large main rotor to produce lift and a smaller anti-torque rotor to prevent the helicopter fuselage from the induced rotation, the coaxial design features two main rotors spinning in opposite directions and cancelling out the rotational tendencies of the main fuselage thusly. The benefits of having such a coaxial design is that both engines produce lift (versus only one engine producing lift), thus increasing the power output of the aircraft and creating an unique and high performance aircraft that will perform excellently at extremes of the flight envelope: the KA-50 is quite capable of doing level turns at high speed, loopings and barrel rolls without the negative repercussions inherent when doing such maneuvers in a conventional helicopter.

The KA-50 prefers to engage its targets at long range in a sniper-like attack profile, contrary to other attack helicopters that may indulge in a more hit-and-run strafing tactic. Although the KA-50 is also certainly capable of performing such a brute attack, it much more favors picking off its (high-value: armored or anti-air) targets one by one using its on-board targetting system and sensors, reserving close in fighting with the gun and rockets for softer targets such as troops, artillery and trucks. The KA-50 features a large and diverse weaponry range, including the integrated Shipunov 2A42 30mm autocannon featured on the BTR-90 and BMD-2 vehicles, the S-8 series 80mm rockets in large volume rocket pods (up to 80 rockets), the laser-guided spin-stabilized 9K121 Vikhr anti-tank missiles (up to 12 missiles) and can also carry dumb iron bombs to be dropped on the targets (quite unique for a helicopter).

__TOC__

===KA-50 Interactive Tutorials===
These provide a similar experience to the A-10 tutorials.

[[KA-50 Interactive Tutorials]]

===KA-50 Systems===
====Navigation and Aviation====
[[KA-50:Cockpit]] - Familiarization and layout.

[[KA-50:ABRIS]] - Finding your way around in the world.

[[KA-50:PVI-800]] - Inertial Navigation Computer

[[KA-50:Lighting]] - Interior and exterior lighting.

[[KA-50:HOTAS]] - HOTAS Controls and use.

[[KA-50:Quick Startup]] - How to get into the air as fast as possible.

[[KA-50:Basic Flight]]

====Tactical Systems and Situational Awareness====

[[KA-50:LWR]] - About the Laser Warning Receiver - Too cool for radar.

[[KA-50:HUD]] - Information about the HUD.

====Communications and Data Sharing====

[[KA-50:Radios]] - Information about the KA-50 radios and radio usage.

[[KA-50:Datalink]] - How to point at things you want your wingman to shoot.

====Weapon and defensive systems====

[[KA-50:Weapon Control Panel]] - Flip switch, go boom.

[[KA-50:Guided Weapon Overview]]

[[KA-50:Unguided Weapon Overview]]

[[KA-50:Countermeasures]]

====Avionics and flight systems====

==KA-50 Strategy==

==== Know your target area ====
Knowing what you need to kill and whats next to what you need to kill is extremely important for ground attack. The inhabitants of the target area dictate what weapons you can safely use to achieve your objective. If the target area is full of SA-15's you cannot safely use your cannon etc. If the mission briefing doesn't tell you what to expect, you should scout it out yourself. Approach up to a safe distance (10km+)of where your target is and take a look around. Not scoping out the area you're about to attack is asking to get shot down. You'd be surprised what you can see with your eyes when you zoom in all the way.

Part of knowing your target area is knowing your limits. If you're target area is a dense city or heavily forested area you should know you won't find everything and will most likely miss units. Keeping this in mind you should never fly directly over a previous target area unless you're doubly sure its clear, usually this means letting someone else go first.

==== Stand Off ====
The best advantage you can have is the ability to kill from farther away than you can be killed back. Whenever possible you should engage your targets from safely outside of the effective range of their weapons. You're primary weapon, the 9K121 Vikhr, can be reliably employed from up to 8.9km and further depending on altitude. This means you can out range any short range sam threat in the game. SA-15s, OSAs and Tunguskas are not a problem provided you scouted your approach and know where they are. Most short range SAMS wont engage you past 8.5km, Strela's won't hit past 6, avengers and manpad stingers won't go past 4.5 and laser guided tank fired missiles won't reach past 4. Against AAA threats its good to remember that if you can accurately hit them with your cannon, they can inaccurately flood your immediate airspace with fire and probably get a few hits. Its good to keep in mind that if your laser warning system goes off it almost always means you are currently in range of laser guided missiles from the more advanced tanks. It only takes around 50kph of lateral movement to make them miss but that's no reason to stay so close. If your LWS goes off turn around, reset it until it stops going off then turn back around and find out whats lasing you.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

==== Cannon ====
If you can knock out the more serious brands of AAA and SAM threats before you run out of Vihkrs you'll find the cannon extremely useful for cleaning up BMPs and the like before you leave. Emplaced ZU-23's can be dispatched from around 4km using a short burst or two of HE (high explosive) ammo since it only takes 1-2 direct round impacts to destroy them. For most other ground units you can put down effective fire from 2km, and still do some damage out to 3km. Part of a good sortie means doing everything you can with what you have. If you use your cannon effectively you can easily rack up 20 extra kills against softer targets and save yourself the back and forth to get more Vikhrs. When using the cannon in conjunction with the Shkval its best to go with a slow rate of fire for better accuracy. Save the high rate of fire for fast moving targets, enemy helicopters, or panic'd strafing runs.

The damage dealt by the AP (armor piercing) rounds is dependent on their velocity, and therefore the range to the target. While you can actually put AP rounds on target at over 3km, their speed will have decreased substantially and will do a greatly reduced amount of damage. For them to have reasonable effectiveness you'll need to be within 2km, and a distance of 1.5km or less is ideal. HE ammo doesn't suffer from this problem and is equally effective at all ranges, but on the other hand HE rounds do limited damage to anything armored.

==== Rockets ====
Rockets are sloppy at best and will require a lot of practice to use effectively. I rank them lower in usefulness than the cannons purely because of the chance factor. My advice is to use them before you attempt to gun because you never know how lucky you'll get and saving precious cannon rounds is always a good thing. A well placed volley of s-13's can be hugely devastating against a tight group of soft targets.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

[[Category:Ka-50]]

[[Category:Ka-50]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

Ka-50

2019-04-18T11:30:13Z

Trashfire:

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=KA-50 BlackShark
|modulethumb=KA-50.jpg
|guidelink=https://drive.google.com/open?id=0B-uSpZROuEd3OTdRSGhSSGtCTzQ
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/dcs_black_shark_2/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CClHbRG0F10
}}

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

The '''Kamov KA-50 BlackShark''' (Russian: Чёрная акула, translates to Chornaya Akula) is a Russian attack chopper with the implementation of the distinctive Kamov Coaxial rotor system. Rather than a conventional helicopter design that leverages a large main rotor to produce lift and a smaller anti-torque rotor to prevent the helicopter fuselage from the induced rotation, the coaxial design features two main rotors spinning in opposite directions and cancelling out the rotational tendencies of the main fuselage thusly. The benefits of having such a coaxial design is that both engines produce lift (versus only one engine producing lift), thus increasing the power output of the aircraft and creating an unique and high performance aircraft that will perform excellently at extremes of the flight envelope: the KA-50 is quite capable of doing level turns at high speed, loopings and barrel rolls without the negative repercussions inherent when doing such maneuvers in a conventional helicopter.

The KA-50 prefers to engage its targets at long range in a sniper-like attack profile, contrary to other attack helicopters that may indulge in a more hit-and-run strafing tactic. Although the KA-50 is also certainly capable of performing such a brute attack, it much more favors picking off its (high-value: armored or anti-air) targets one by one using its on-board targetting system and sensors, reserving close in fighting with the gun and rockets for softer targets such as troops, artillery and trucks. The KA-50 features a large and diverse weaponry range, including the integrated Shipunov 2A42 30mm autocannon featured on the BTR-90 and BMD-2 vehicles, the S-8 series 80mm rockets in large volume rocket pods (up to 80 rockets), the laser-guided spin-stabilized 9K121 Vikhr anti-tank missiles (up to 12 missiles) and can also carry dumb iron bombs to be dropped on the targets (quite unique for a helicopter).

__TOC__
<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

==Weapons List==

=HOTAS=

==Collective==

==Stick==

===KA-50 Interactive Tutorials===
These provide a similar experience to the A-10 tutorials.

[[KA-50 Interactive Tutorials]]

===KA-50 Systems===
====Navigation and Aviation====
[[KA-50:Cockpit]] - Familiarization and layout.

[[KA-50:ABRIS]] - Finding your way around in the world.

[[KA-50:PVI-800]] - Inertial Navigation Computer

[[KA-50:Lighting]] - Interior and exterior lighting.

[[KA-50:HOTAS]] - HOTAS Controls and use.

[[KA-50:Quick Startup]] - How to get into the air as fast as possible.

[[KA-50:Basic Flight]]

====Tactical Systems and Situational Awareness====

[[KA-50:LWR]] - About the Laser Warning Receiver - Too cool for radar.

[[KA-50:HUD]] - Information about the HUD.

====Communications and Data Sharing====

[[KA-50:Radios]] - Information about the KA-50 radios and radio usage.

[[KA-50:Datalink]] - How to point at things you want your wingman to shoot.

====Weapon and defensive systems====

[[KA-50:Weapon Control Panel]] - Flip switch, go boom.

[[KA-50:Guided Weapon Overview]]

[[KA-50:Unguided Weapon Overview]]

[[KA-50:Countermeasures]]

====Avionics and flight systems====

==KA-50 Strategy==

==== Know your target area ====
Knowing what you need to kill and whats next to what you need to kill is extremely important for ground attack. The inhabitants of the target area dictate what weapons you can safely use to achieve your objective. If the target area is full of SA-15's you cannot safely use your cannon etc. If the mission briefing doesn't tell you what to expect, you should scout it out yourself. Approach up to a safe distance (10km+)of where your target is and take a look around. Not scoping out the area you're about to attack is asking to get shot down. You'd be surprised what you can see with your eyes when you zoom in all the way.

Part of knowing your target area is knowing your limits. If you're target area is a dense city or heavily forested area you should know you won't find everything and will most likely miss units. Keeping this in mind you should never fly directly over a previous target area unless you're doubly sure its clear, usually this means letting someone else go first.

==== Stand Off ====
The best advantage you can have is the ability to kill from farther away than you can be killed back. Whenever possible you should engage your targets from safely outside of the effective range of their weapons. You're primary weapon, the 9K121 Vikhr, can be reliably employed from up to 8.9km and further depending on altitude. This means you can out range any short range sam threat in the game. SA-15s, OSAs and Tunguskas are not a problem provided you scouted your approach and know where they are. Most short range SAMS wont engage you past 8.5km, Strela's won't hit past 6, avengers and manpad stingers won't go past 4.5 and laser guided tank fired missiles won't reach past 4. Against AAA threats its good to remember that if you can accurately hit them with your cannon, they can inaccurately flood your immediate airspace with fire and probably get a few hits. Its good to keep in mind that if your laser warning system goes off it almost always means you are currently in range of laser guided missiles from the more advanced tanks. It only takes around 50kph of lateral movement to make them miss but that's no reason to stay so close. If your LWS goes off turn around, reset it until it stops going off then turn back around and find out whats lasing you.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

==== Cannon ====
If you can knock out the more serious brands of AAA and SAM threats before you run out of Vihkrs you'll find the cannon extremely useful for cleaning up BMPs and the like before you leave. Emplaced ZU-23's can be dispatched from around 4km using a short burst or two of HE (high explosive) ammo since it only takes 1-2 direct round impacts to destroy them. For most other ground units you can put down effective fire from 2km, and still do some damage out to 3km. Part of a good sortie means doing everything you can with what you have. If you use your cannon effectively you can easily rack up 20 extra kills against softer targets and save yourself the back and forth to get more Vikhrs. When using the cannon in conjunction with the Shkval its best to go with a slow rate of fire for better accuracy. Save the high rate of fire for fast moving targets, enemy helicopters, or panic'd strafing runs.

The damage dealt by the AP (armor piercing) rounds is dependent on their velocity, and therefore the range to the target. While you can actually put AP rounds on target at over 3km, their speed will have decreased substantially and will do a greatly reduced amount of damage. For them to have reasonable effectiveness you'll need to be within 2km, and a distance of 1.5km or less is ideal. HE ammo doesn't suffer from this problem and is equally effective at all ranges, but on the other hand HE rounds do limited damage to anything armored.

==== Rockets ====
Rockets are sloppy at best and will require a lot of practice to use effectively. I rank them lower in usefulness than the cannons purely because of the chance factor. My advice is to use them before you attempt to gun because you never know how lucky you'll get and saving precious cannon rounds is always a good thing. A well placed volley of s-13's can be hugely devastating against a tight group of soft targets.

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

[[Category:Ka-50]]

[[Category:Ka-50]]
[[Category:DCS World]]

F/A-18C

2019-04-18T08:16:33Z

Trashfire: /* Air-to-Ground Weapons */

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=F/A-18C
|modulethumb=An F-A-18C Hornet launches from the flight deck of the conventionally powered aircraft carrier.jpg
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/hornet/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRRzEZ9bx-U
|guidelink=http://www.mudspike.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/DCS-FA-18C-Hornet-Guide.pdf
}}
The '''F/A-18C''' Hornet is a twin-engine, multi-role, carrier-capable combat jet airplane. It was designed by McDonnell Douglas (now Boeing) and Northrop in the 1970's, and is the only jet in the US inventory to carry both the Fighter and Attack designation (the "F/A" part of the name). The Hornet is a supersonic capable jet, able to reach speeds of Mach 1.8. The Hornet modeled in DCS represents an "off-the-line" US Navy Lot 20 jet, with the OFP-13C software upgrades, circa 2005. It is equipped with the F404-GE-402 enhanced performance engines (which is the more powerful engine that replaced the original F404-GE-400's). The F/A-18C/D served as the baseline for the Boeing F/A-18E/F/G Super Hornets. The Hornet is capable of carrying a wide array of both precision and dumb bombs, A/G and A/A missiles, rockets, and is supplemented with a 20mm cannon mounted in the nose.

The Hornet entered service in 1978, and first saw combat in 1986 over the skies of Libya with numerous Hornets performing SEAD strikes and strike missions. The Hornet again saw action during the Gulf War of 1991, as there were 106 in theater with the Navy, along with a further 84 USMC that were shore-based. It was during the Gulf War that the Hornet was credited with its first air-to-air kills (both aircraft were MiG-21s, shot-down by AIM-9s and AIM-7s). Notably, the aircraft credited with the kills went on to resume their strike mission and dropped their 4 Mk-84s (2,000lb bombs), living up to their multi-role moniker. The Hornet took its first combat losses in the Gulf War as well; in total 10 Hornets received battle damage, which included 3 losses (2 to ground fire, and one very likely to an Iraqi MiG-25). All told, Hornets flew a total of 4,551 sorties during the Gulf War.

Since the Gulf War, the Hornet has been a vital piece of the Navy/USMC inventory, and has seen action in every conflict or operation since then. While it is still in active service with the USMC (and will remain until the early 2030s), in April 2018 the US Navy retired the F/A-18C from combat roles.
__TOC__
<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

==Weapons List==
===Implemented===
Partially or fully implemented weapons of the Hornet:
* Mk-82 series 500lbs unguided bomb
* Mk-83 series 1,000lbs unguided bomb
* Mk-84 series 2,000lbs unguided bomb
* CBU-99 and Mk-20 cluster bombs
* BDU-33 training bomb
* BDU-45 training bomb
* Hydra 70 2.75 inch rockets
* Zuni 5 inch rockets
* 20mm cannon
* AIM-9L/M/X infrared-guided air-to-air missile
* CATM Sidewinder infrared-guided air-to-air training missile
* AIM-7F/M Sparrow semi-active radar homing air-to-air missile
* AIM-120 B/C AMRAAM active radar homing air-to-air missile
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65F Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* GBU-10 Paveway II 500lbs laser-guided bomb
* GBU-12 Paveway II 2,000lbs laser-guided bomb
* GBU-16 Paveway II 1,000lbs laser-guided bomb
* AGM-88C HARM anti-radiation missile
* GBU-38 JDAM 500lbs GPS-guided bomb
* GBU-31 JDAM 2,000lbs GPS-guided bomb

===Planned===
Weapons not yet implemented into the Hornet:
* AGM-45A/B Shrike anti-radiation missile
* AGM-84D Block 1C Harpoon anti-ship missile
* AGM-84E SLAM air-to-ground missile
* AGM-84H/K SLAM-ER air-to-ground missile
* AGM-154A JSOW glide bomb
* AGM-154C JSOW glide bomb
* Walleye I ER/DL glide bomb
* Walleye II ER/DL glide bomb
* GBU-24B/B Paveway III 2,000lbs laser-guided bomb
* GBU-32 JDAM 1,000lbs GPS-guided bomb
* AIM-7P Sparrow semi-active radar homing air-to-air missile
* Mk-40 Destructor Sea Mine
* Mk-63 Quickstrike Sea Mine
* Mk-77 Fire Bomb

=HOTAS=
----
The F/A-18C Hornet has a throttle and control stick system for thrust and flight control control. Both have a suite of controls, termed a "hands on throttle and stick" (HOTAS) setup, to control various functions, especially combat-critical ones, without taking the hands off the throttle or stick.

==Throttle==
The Hornet's throttle is located on the left console and consists of two separate levers to control the left and right engines. An aft detent separates engines off and engines idle and a forward detent separates full military power and the afterburners. The off detent has no range, but the afterburning detent has proportional control.

The throttle has the following controls:
*'''External Lights Master Switch:''' 2-position switch. Aft turns off all external lights except the taxi/landing light. Forward allows for the lights to be controlled via the controls on the left console.
*'''RAID/FLIR FOV Select Button:''' A multifunction button depending on the format. It is named after the radar RAID mode and FLIR (both not yet implemented), but is functional with more than those.
*'''ATC Engage/Disengage:''' Toggles the automatic throttle control (ATC) function.
*'''Radar Antenna Elevation Wheel:''' Wheel that controls the radar antenna elevation.
*'''Throttle Designator Controller (TDC):''' A multifunction 4-way "slew" switch, allowing for cursors to be moved in all 4 directions. It also has a depress function.
*'''Communications Switch:''' 4-way radio switch. Forward and aft select the MIDS A and MIDS B radios, while up and down select the COMM 1 and COMM 2 radios.
*'''Cage/Uncage Button:''' Multifunction button. In NAV master mode, cages and uncages the HUD velocity vector.
*'''Speedbrake Switch:''' 3-way switch controlling the speedbrake. The aft position is momentary and the middle and forward positions are permanent.
*'''Dispense Switch:''' Three position switch controlling countermeasures. Both forward and aft positions are momentary.

==Control Stick==
The control stick is located in the center of the cockpit, mounted on the floor. Left and right proportionally command left/right roll to the flight control system (FCS). Forward and aft proportionally command down/up pitch to the FCS.

The stick has multiple switches as part of the HOTAS system:
*'''Trim Switch:''' 4-way hat switch, with up and down controlling pitch trim and left and right controlling roll trim.
*'''Sensor Control Switch:''' 4-way hat switch with a depress function. It has multiple software functions, primarily for assigning TDC priority to the displays.
*'''Air-to-Ground Weapons Release Button:''' Button for releasing air-to-ground munitions, except the gun.
*'''RECCE Event Mark Switch:''' Toggles blanking of the HMD. Named after reconnaissance (RECCE) equipment, which the DCS Hornet isn't equipped with.
*'''Trigger:''' Fires the gun.
*'''Weapon Select Switch:''' 3-way hat switch with a depress, for selection of air-to-air weapons.
*'''NWS/Undesignate Button:''' Controls nosewheel steering (NWS) on the ground and has various other functions in the air, depending on the system.
*'''Paddle Switch:''' Small lever with multiple functions.

=Flight Controls & Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
The F/A-18C has multiple flight control surfaces for maneuvering the aircraft. It has a "fly-by-wire" (FBW) system, which, opposed to a traditional mechanical or "direct" control system, the inputs given by the cockpit controls are inputted to a computer which then decides what controls to move in order to accomplish the desired maneuver. This computerized system is called the Flight Control System (FCS). The FCS also moves surfaces as a function of the angle of attack to provide the best control.

The F/A-18's primary flight controls are:
*'''Stabilators (STAB):''' Two "stabilators" (stabilizer + elevator) located at the tail move on a single axis independently of one another to control both pitch and roll of the aircraft.
*'''Ailerons (AIL):''' Two normal ailerons located on the outer area of the wings to control roll of the aircraft. They also both droop down to add lift.
*'''Rudders (RUD):''' Two twin, inward-tilted rudders which move on a normal left/right axis to control yaw and are also be pointed inward as a schedule of AOA ("toe-in").
*'''Leading Edge Flaps (LEF):''' Normal slats located on the leading (front) edge of the wings to add lift.
*'''Trailing Edge Flaps (LEF):''' Normal flaps located on the trailing (back) edge of the wings to add lift.
The control stick controls the stabilators, ailerons, and rudder and the rudder pedals control the rudder.

The FCS will limit the aircraft to a specific G-force no matter the control input. The G-limit is based on weight and will not exceed 7.5g. The G-limiter can be overridden as long as the paddle switch on the stick is held down, which will change the limit to 133% of the previous G-limit. This is designed as an emergency system and may be bad for the airframe and/or exceed pilot G tolerance.

===Flaps System===
The aircraft's flap system provides more lift (and as a byproduct, drag). The flaps switch has three positions:
*'''AUTO:''' Without weight on wheels, LEFs and TEFs are moved depending on angle of attack. With weight on wheels, LEFs, TEFs, and aileron droop are set to 0°.
*'''HALF:''' Above 250kts IAS, flaps act as when in AUTO. Below 250kts, LEFs and TEFs drop as a function of angle of attack. TEFs and aileron droop activate based on airspeed; maximum deflection is 30°. With weight on wheels, the LEFs are set to 12°. TEFs and aileron droop are set to 30°. With weight on wheels, rudders are set to 30°. Aileron droop is set to 0° when wings are unlocked.
*'''FULL:''' Above 250kts, flaps act as when in AUTO. Below 250kts IAS, LEFs are scheduled as a function of AOA. TEFs and aileron droop activate based on airspeed; maximum is 45° TEF and 42° aileron droop. With weight on wheels, the LEFs are set to 12° and RUDs to 30°. The TEFs are set to 43° to 45° and aileron droop to 42°. Aileron droop is set to 0° when wings are unlocked.

In the left area of the forward panel there are three flap indicator lights. A green HALF light displays when the flaps move to HALF. A green FULL light displays when the flaps move to FULL. An amber FLAPS light displays when the flaps are not functioning properly in relation to the switch position or the switch is not in AUTO above 250kts.

===Speedbrake===
The speedbrake is a flap located on the top of the aircraft designed to provide drag to decelerate faster. It is activated via the speedbrake switch on the throttle. The three psotitions are:
*'''Aft:''' Speedbrake will extend as long as it is held.
*'''Center:''' Speedbrake will stay in place, unless the flaps are FULL, or the aircraft is pulling 6.0G or more. When the speedbrake is closed and the switch is in this position, it may creep up above 400kts IAS.
*'''Forward:''' The speedbrake retracts as long as it is in this position and will not creep up when fully retracted.
Located above the left DDI is a "SPD BRK" light. This light comes on whenever the speedbrake is not fully retracted.

===Trim===
The stabilator and ailerons are capable of being trimmed to make roll and pitch corrections. This is accomplished with the trim switch on the control stick. The stabilator is automatically trimmed so the aircraft pulls 1.0G when the control stick isn't moved, but manual trim will override this and the aircraft will then trim to maintain that G when the stick isn't moved.

For a field takeoff, the stabilator are trimmed to +12°. The T/O trim button on the left console will trim the stabilators to +12° and place all other trim at 0°.

The rudders can also be trimmed via a knob on the left console that surrounds the T/O trim button.

===FCS Format===
Section WIP.

===Wing Fold===
Primarily for carrier operations to conserve space, the F/A-18's wings are capable of folding upward. This is accomplished via the wing fold lever on the right side of the cockpit. It has three positions which can only be alternated by pulling the lever out, which unlocks the wings.
*'''FOLD:''' The wings fold.
*'''HOLD:''' The wings are held in the present position.
*'''SPREAD:''' The wings unfold.

==Landing Gear==
The F/A-18 has retractable landing gear with three arms, the nose gear, the left gear, and the right gear. The left and right gear have large suspension and are designed to take heavy impacts, upwards of approximately -600 feet per minute, due to the aggressive touchdowns of carrier recoveries. The gear is moved via the gear lever on the left side of the cockpit. In the up position, the gear will retract. In the down position, the gear will extend. The gear lever cannot be put up with weight on wheels. The gear will not retract with the arresting hook down.

Controlled by the toe brakes on the rudder pedals, the left and right landing gear have independent brakes. On the nosegear there is a light generally used for taxiing, takeoff, and landing, termed the TAXI/LDG light. It is turned on and off via the switch on the left side of the cockpit.

===Nosewheel Steering===
The nose gear features nosewheel steering (NWS) controlled by the rudder pedals. When NWS is enabled, an "NWS" indication will be displayed on the HUD. When in NWS LO, the default mode, the NWS can turn left/right 16°. When in NWS HI, which when enabled is indicated on the HUD by an "NWS HI" indication, the NWS can turn left/right 75°.

With weight off wheels, it is disengaged. It automatically engages upon there being weight on wheels. NWS is disengaged manually via the paddle switch on the stick. NWS LO is engaged manually via momentarily pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick. With the wing fold handle in the FOLD or HOLD positions, pressing the NWS/undesignate button will toggle NWS HI. With the wing fold handle in the SPREAD position, NWS HI is activated as long as the NWS/undesignate button is held. With the launch bar extended, NWS HI cannot be engaged. NWS LO is automatically disengaged but is engaged as long as the NWS/undesignate button is held.

=Autopilot and Autothrottle=
----
The F/A-18 has the ability to automate certain types of flight via its Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) and Automatic Throttle Control (ATC). The AFCS, or simply the autopilot, controls the flight surfaces and the ATC controls the throttles.

==AFCS==
The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), or just the "autopilot", controls the aircraft's flight controls to automate maneuvering. It is interfaced on the UFC via the A/P button. The most basic mode of the AFCS is control stick steering, or CSS. CSS will attempt to maintain the pitch and roll of the aircraft without manual stick input. Roll input is dampened and pitch input is severely dampened. Forward or aft stick deflection beyond a certain point will disengage CSS. CSS is engaged by pressing the UFC ON/OFF button in the A/P menu. In the A/P menu, there are five main autopilot modes, toggled by pressing the option select button next to their window.
*'''Attitude Hold (ATTH):''' maintains the current pitch attitude plus or minus 45° and the current bank angle plus or minus 70°.
*'''Heading Select (HSEL):''' steers to the current heading selected by the heading select switch. The current heading can be viewed on the HSI format (see [[#HSI Format|HSI]]).
*'''Barometric Altitude Hold (BALT):''' maintains the current barometric altitude between 0 and 70,000ft.
*'''Radar Altitude Hold (RALT):''' maintains the current radar altitude between 0 and 5,000ft.
*'''Coupled Steering (CPL):''' Not yet implemented.

==ATC==
The automatic throttle control (ATC), or just "autothrottle", controls the physical throttles and thereby automated thrust control. ATC is toggled via ATC engage/disengage button on the throttle. "ATC" will appear on the HUD when it is engaged. It can also be disengaged by manually moving the throttles. When disengaged, "ATC" will flash and then disappear. It has two modes:
*'''Cruise:''' When the flaps are in AUTO, activating the ATC will hold the current indicated airspeed.
*'''Approach:''' Not yet implemented.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
The F/A-18C Hornet is equipped with an expansive software suite with various pages or "formats" showing different pieces of information and allowing for interfacing with its many systems and weapons.

The Hornet interacts with these systems via the two tri-color (green, red, and yellow) digital display indicators (DDIs) on the left and right of the cockpit, and the all-color Advanced Multipurpose Color Display (AMPCD) in the center. They all feature 5 multipurpose push buttons on all 4 sides to interact with the software. All formats can be displayed on all displays, except the RDR ATTK format cannot be shown on the AMPCD.

The Hornet's software is split into two menus, always accessed and toggled between via the third button on the bottom row of push buttons. The tactical or "TAC" menu displays weapons-related systems like the stores management system and the radar, while the support or "SUPT" page displays non-combat related items, like information about the flight controls and the engines. With weight on wheels (WoW) these read "[TAC]" and "[SUPT]" when on said menu; when in the air, below them is a timer counting up from the aircraft startup in the format MM:SS.

On the left DDI, advisories and cautions are always displayed in the bottom left corner.

===TDC Priority===
The throttle designator controller (TDC) switch on the throttle is used to slew the TDC cursor on various formats. To do this, "TDC priority" must be assigned to that display with the sensor control switch. The commands are:
*'''Up:''' TDC priority assigned to HUD (not available in A/A master mode)
*'''Down:''' TDC priority assigned to AMPCD
*'''Left:''' TDC priority assigned to left DDI
*'''Right:''' TDC priority assigned to right DDI
To assign TDC priority, the format on the display must allow for a TDC control. On the DDIs or AMPCD, a diamond with a dot in the center will display in the upper-right when TDC priority is assigned to that display. When it is assigned to the HUD, a dot is placed in the center of the velocity vector.

===Master Modes===
The F/A-18 has three primary master modes, entered via the master mode buttons on the left side of the cockpit to the left of the left DDI. The three master modes are:
*'''Air-to-Air (A/A):''' Entered when the A/A master mode button is depressed or an A/A weapon is selected via the A/A weapon select switch on the stick, and the "A/A" light is illuminated. Removes vertical velocity indication and bank angle indication from the HUD and brings up the STORES format on the left DDI and the RDR ATTK format on the right DDI. Allows for the employment of air-to-air weapons.
*'''Air-to-Ground (A/G):''' Entered when the A/G master mode button is depressed and the "A/G" light is illuminated. Brings up the STORES format on the left DDI. Allows for the launch and release of air-to-ground munitions. Removes vertical velocity indication and bank angle indication from the HUD.
*'''Navigation (NAV):''' Entered when neither the A/A or A/G master mode is selected.

===UFC===
[[File:UFC Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The upfront controller (UFC) is the primary interface with the airplane when typing numbers is needed. It also serves as the interface with various other systems.
#Keypad with numbers 1-9, clear, and enter keys.
#Multifunction display windows and corresponding pushbuttons.
#Comm 1 radio volume (all the way left turns the radio off).
#Comm 2 radio volume (all the way left turns the radio off).
#Comm 1 radio preset selector (turn) and comm 1 frequency selection menu on UFC selector (pull).
#Comm 2 radio preset selector (turn) and comm 2 frequency selection menu on UFC selector (pull).
#Buttons to manipulate various systems on the UFC: autopilot (A/P), Identification, Friend or Foe (IFF), TACAN (TCN), instrument carrier landing system (ILS), datalink (D/L), transponder beacon (BCN; not yet implemented), and a multifunction ON/OFF button (depending on UFC menu selected).
#Transponder ident button (no use in DCS).
#Automatic direction finder (ADF) selector to use the comm 1 or comm 2 as the aircraft's ADF source.
#Scratchpad (shows values entered by keypad).
#UFC display brightness selector (all the way left turns UFC off).
#Emission control (EM CON). Disables emission of any and all radio emissions from the aircraft.

===HUD===
[[File:HUD NAV Master Mode Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The head-up display (HUD) is a projected display at the front of the cockpit that serves as the primary flight instrument. This section will cover the HUD's indications in NAV master mode. Master mode/weapon specific indications on the HUD will be covered in the relevant section.
#Current altitude in feet, displayed above sea level when altitude source switch below the UFC is set to barometric or when it is set to radar and the airplane is unable to read the radar altitude. When the switch is set to radar, it displays radar altimeter altitude above ground and an "R" is indicated after the value. When the switch is set to radar altitude and it is displaying barometric altitude, a "B" will flash after the number. Below the altitude indication, whenever the barometric pressure is changed via the knob on the standby altimeter or the aircraft descends below 10,000ft at an indicated airspeed less than 300kts, the currently set barometric pressure (in inHg) is flashed for five seconds.
#Current vertical speed in feet per minute.
#Heading tape, indicating current magnetic or true heading, based on setting in HSI format. The arrow (magnetic heading) or "T" symbol (true heading) indicates the aircraft's heading.
#Pitch ladder, with the solid line indicating the horizon. Dashed/numbered lines are degrees below the horizon and solid/numbered lines are degrees above the horizon.
#Bank angle indication. The triangle indicates current bank angle. The marks indicate in either direction 5°, 15°, 30°, and 45° angles of bank.
#Peak G-force the aircraft has achieved when the peak is more than 4.0G.
#Current aircraft G-force.
#Current Mach number.
#Current angle of attack in degrees.
#Current indicated airspeed in knots.
#Vertical velocity vector when HUD is caged or vertical/horizontal velocity vector when uncaged (via the cage/uncage button on throttle).
#Ghost velocity vector displaying horizontal velocity of aircraft when the HUD is caged.
Not shown is the "watermark" indicating the position of the nose, which is a "W" symbol shown whenever the velocity vector goes off the view of the HUD or the landing gear is down.

Additionally, when the gear is down, an "E" symbol (called the "E-bracket") is displayed as an indication of angle-of-attack when the velocity vector lines up with it. The top part of the E indicates 9.3° AOA; the middle indicates 8.1°, which is optimal for landing; and the bottom indicates 6.9°. When the AOA is between 9.3° and 6.9°, the normal HUD AOA indication disappears.

====Reject Modes====
Via the HUD reject switch below the UFC, information may be 'rejected' (removed) from the HUD.
*'''NORM:''' Nothing is rejected.
*'''REJ 1:''' Removed outline around airspeed and altitude, Mach number, current G, peak G, and bank angle indication.
*'''REJ 2:''' Removes heading tape.

====HUD Format====
The HUD may be mirrored on any of the displays via the HUD format on the TAC menu.

===HMD===
The F/A-18C Hornet is equipped with the Joint Helmet Mounted Cuing System (JHMCS) as its helmet mounted display (HMD). It allows for HUD indications to be shown no matter where the head is looking and to perform some special functions, like locking the [[#AIM-9 Sidewinder|AIM-9]] missile off-boresight. It features the same symbology as the HUD, minus the velocity vector, pitch ladder, and bank angle indications. Additionally, replacing the heading arrow is a number indicating the heading of the aircraft, when the HMD is not pointed at the HUD. The heading tape itself shows the heading the HMD is looking at. A number above the heading tape shows the elevation in degrees above the horizon where the HMD is looking. Reject modes for the HUD do not mirror on the HMD.

The HMD is turned on by rotating the HMD knob to the right of the right DDI rightward. This knob also controls its brightness. The HMD can be blanked/unblanked by pressing the RECCE Event Marker button on the stick.

====HMD Format====
[[File:HMD Format Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
When the HMD is on, on the SUPT menu the HMD format can be accessed. This allows for control of some HMD settings.
#Sets HMD brightness, cycling between AUTO, DAY, and NIGHT. In AUTO, brightness will automatically be set for best visibility. In DAY, full brightness as selected by the HMD brightness knob is allowed. In NIGHT, half the brightness that would be set for DAY is set with the HMD brightness knob.
#Automatic blanking option. When this option is boxed, the HMD will automatically blank everything except the aiming cross when looking inside the cockpit or at the HUD.
#HMD reject display options; cycles between NORM, REJ 1, and REJ 2.
#No function in DCS.
#No function in DCS.
#No function in DCS.
#Invokes the REJECT SETUP sublevel, allowing the selection of what information is to be displayed on what reject level (NORM, REJ 1, and REJ 2).

==Navigation==
The F/A-18C has a navigation system capable of storing arbitrary digital, GPS-coordinate based series of waypoints, navigating to both ground- and air-based tactical air navigation (TACAN) beacons and non-directional beacons (NDB), using the instrument carrier landing system (ICLS), and the automatic carrier landing system (ACLS) (not yet implemented). Its inertial navigation system (INS) allows for it to determine its own positional parameters. Navigation is primarily done by the horizontal situation indicator (HSI) format and by the HUD.

===HSI Format===
[[File:HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The horizontal situation indicator (HSI) format is the primary interface with the airplane's navigation systems. The HSI can be accessed from the SUPT menu. The basic function of the HSI is a moving map of the world with the airplane's position.
#Line indicating current aircraft heading.
#Diamond indicating current aircraft track.
#Compass with headings in tens of degrees (24=240°) and dots indicating tens of degrees in between said numbers. Along the compass is also a triangle with a circle pointing to the waypoint currently selected and a line indicating the reciprocal bearing. A TACAN bearing/reciprocal is also displayed in the form of a triangle with a "T" and an oval.
#The aircraft.
#Current true airspeed.
#Current ground speed.
#Scale of the display in nautical miles. Can be toggled to cycle through 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, and 160nm.
#Not yet implemented.
#Invokes the "DATA" subformat.
#Current bearing to and distance in nautical miles from the selected waypoint (top), present ETA to said waypoint going in a straight line in the format HH:MM:SS (middle), and the name of the waypoint (bottom). The opposite side of the format will show this same format of information but for the tuned TACAN. Below this will display, when it is being steered to, the fuel remaining at the waypoint and the distance in nautical miles left to begin a descent to the waypoint (based on a 4° glideslope).
#Displays steering information to the selected waypoint on the HUD.
#Currently selected waypoint with an arrow above and below to cycle through the waypoint.
#Designates the currently selected waypoint as the air-to-ground target (TGT). Can be undesignated by pressing the "TGT" button on the HSI or the NWS/undesignate button on the stick.
#Cycles the aircraft's three sequences of waypoints and toggles drawing a line in between them.
#Currently selected course in degrees via the course select switch. A courseline will then be drawn through the current waypoint or TACAN the airplane is steering to (TCN/WYPT boxed); when this is done, a distance in nautical miles and "C" is displayed as a direct distance from the courseline. On the opposite side is the currently selected heading via the heading select switch, for use with the autopilot; the selected heading is displayed along the compass via two boxes. Holding either switch will allow the course/heading value to be entered into the UFC.
#Toggles the auto waypoint function; switches the current waypoint as it is physically passed to the next one and activated the waypoint HUD indications.
#Brings up options on the UFC for time indications to display on the HUD and HSI. Selecting an option on the UFC will toggle its display. The last selection will display on the HUD, while on the HSI both ET or CD and ZTOD/LTOD will display.
##'''SET:''' Allows for the IFEI date to be set via the UFC keypad.
##'''ET:''' Begins a count-up in MM:SS up to 59:59. Paused/unpaused via the ENT button on the UFC keypad.
##'''CD:''' Begins a countdown in MM:SS starting at 06:00 by default. Paused/unpaused via the ENT button on the UFC keypad. The default starting value of the countdown can be changed by selecting the CD option and then entering it via the keypad. The value cannot exceed 59:59.
##'''ZTOD:''' Displays the current zulu time (Universal Coordinated Time).
##'''LTOD:''' Sets the IFEI local time. Select "LTOD" and then enter the desired local time in 24 hour time in the format HH:MM:SS. This will change the minute and seconds for the zulu time as well.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Brings up options for HSI map options: map chart overlay toggle (only visible on AMPCD), track up, north up, decenter (north up with aircraft on bottom instead of middle), and slew (not yet implemented).
#Displays indications for the instrument carrier landing system on the HUD.
#Displays steering information to the tuned TACAN on the HUD.
#Selects aircraft position reference: inertial navigation system (INS), relative to the selected TACAN (TCN), and the air data computer (ADC).
#Not yet implemented.

====DATA Subformat====
=====A/C=====
[[File:AC HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The A/C tab on the DATA subformat displays information regarding the aircraft itself and the inertial navigation system.
#Toggles the terrain awareness system (TAWS).
#Selects radar and barometric warning or "soft" altitudes. Selecting either will allow for a value to be entered on the UFC. When either altitude is reached in a descent, "altitude, altitude" will sound.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Selects between magnetic north and true north as the heading source for the aircraft.
#Not yet implemented.
#Aircraft position source.
#Aircraft latitude, longitude, wind speed, and wind direction, and magnetic variation where the aircraft is.
#GPS horizontal and vertical error and the time according to the GPS.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
=====WYPT=====
[[File:WYPT HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The WYPT tab allows for detailed information about waypoints to be viewed and edited.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Brings up UFC options for the currently selected sequence.
##'''GSPD:''' enter the desired groundspeed in knots to be en route to the designated target waypoint (not to be confused with the waypoint designate/TGT function). This is used in conjunction with TOT. For waypoints in the sequence before it, the required ground speed will allow for the plane to be at this groundspeed en route to the target waypoint.
##'''TGT:''' Designate a waypoint number to be the target waypoint for the TOT function.
##'''TOT:''' Designate a desired time on target in zulu time in the format HH:MM:SS. The HSI will then display a required groundspeed to reach the target at that time.
##'''INS:''' Add waypoints to the currently selected sequence. To add one in between two current ones, enter the preceding waypoint and then the inbetween waypoint.
##'''DEL:''' Select a waypoint to delete from the sequence.
#Designates the currently selected waypoint as the air-to-air waypoint or "bullseye". This waypoint can then be used for reference in communicating target locations.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Brings up UFC options for the currently selected waypoint.
##'''POSN:''' Enter desired waypoint location, first the latitude and then the longitude.
##'''ELEV:''' Enter waypoint elevation. Option is given to enter in feet or meters.
##'''GRID:''' Not yet implemented.
##'''O/S:''' Not yet implemented.
#North/east coordinates of the waypoint, military grid system (MGRS) coordinates of the waypoint (not yet implemented), and its elevation.
#Not yet implemented.
#Entered TOT.
#Entered GSPD.
#Waypoints in the sequence, in order. One will be boxed if it is designated as the target for the TOT feature.

=====TCN=====
[[File:TCN HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The TCN tab allows for information to be viewed about TACAN stations in the aircraft database.
#Not yet implemented.
#Cycles TACANs in the database.
#Frequency of the TACAN being viewed.
#Latitude and longitude coordinates of the TACAN, elevation, and magnetic variation at it.
#Not yet implemented.
#Allows for the coordinates/elevation/magvar to be manually edited on the UFC.

=====MDATA=====
Not yet implemented.

====HUD Steering Indications====
When TCN or WYPT is boxed on the HSI, the range in nautical miles to and waypoint name/TACAN identifier will be displayed on the HUD. Additionally, if no course is designated, a green bar is displayed on the heading tape, indicating the direct bearing to the waypoint or TACAN. When a course is designated, a visualization on the HUD of the course relative to the airplane is displayed, with an arrow indicating the present bearing from the course and two dots on either side of the velocity vector: the inner dot indicates 4° and the outer dot indicates 8°. The airplane is on course when the arrow is aligned with the center of the velocity vector.

===Waypoints===
The F/A-18C can store up to 59 arbitrarily defined, INS-based waypoints in up to 3 "sequences", which are essentially sets of waypoints that allow the waypoints to actually be seen. Waypoints are defined by a set of GPS coordinates and an elevation above (or below) sea level.

Waypoints are indicated by a circle, with a dot in the middle for the one presently being steered to.

Waypoints can be given their own 5-character name pre-flight (in the DCS mission editor), but cannot named in the aircraft. They are numbered sequentially from 1–59.

===TACAN===
Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) is a military radio navigation system. A TACAN beacon allows for an aircraft to determine its bearing and range from it, and using this information can navigate. TACANs may be ground-based or be broadcasted by an airplane. TACAN channels have two bands, X and Y, and range from 1-126. It should be noted the frequencies 68X/Y and 69X/Y interfere with the Link-16 data network the Hornet uses.

The F/A-18C has a TACAN transmitter and receiver. The TACAN antenna itself is powered on the UFC via the TCN option. The ON/OFF button will toggle the TACAN power and an "ON" will be indicated in the scratchpad. In the scratchpad is the current TACAN frequency tuned to, which can be inputted via the keypad.

The UFC also provides the following options:
*'''T/R:''' Transmit and receive. Gets bearing and range from the TACAN.
*'''RCV:''' Receive. Gets bearing from the TACAN.
*'''A/A:''' Air-to-air TACAN mode.
*'''X:''' Tunes the selected frequency on the X band.
*'''Y:''' Tunes the selected frequency on the Y band.

On the HSI, the TACAN station appears as a triangle, with a dot in the middle when it is being steered to.

===ADF===
Non-directional beacons (NDBs) offer simple bearing information from the aircraft to said station. Very high omnidirectional range (VOR) stations also provide this basic NDB information, which can be used by the Hornet even though it cannot take advantage fully of the VOR. The Hornet is equipped with an automatic direction finder (ADF) to indicate this.

In the F/A-18, they can be tuned on the COMM 1 or COMM 2 radios. To do so, the frequency of the NDB/VOR is simply tuned to that radio and then the ADF switch on the UFC is set from OFF to COMM 1/COMM 2. This will then display a circle on the HSI format's compass, indicating bearing to the NDB.

===ICLS===
For night and low visibility operations, aircraft carriers have an instrument carrier landing system (ICLS) to allow for instrument approaches to the carrier. ICLS provides horizontal and vertical guidance. The F/A-18 is equipped with ICLS.

To activate the airplane's ICLS antenna, the ILS button is selected on the UFC and then ON/OFF is used to toggle power to the system. "ON" is displayed on the scratchpad when it is on. Also on the scratchpad is the current ICLS frequency, which can be inputted via the keypad.

When ILS is selected on the HSI, two bars appear on the velocity vector on the HUD, one horizontal and on vertical. These indicate vertical and horizontal deviation from the optimal glideslope (3°) and course to the deck. When they are both aligned with the velocity vector (making a "+"), the aircraft is on course.

===ACLS===
Not yet implemented.

==Flight Performance Advisory System==
----
[[File:FPAS Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The F/A-18C has the capability to calculate flight performance to advise the pilot of optimal speeds, altitudes, and other information. This information is accessed by the FPAS format on the SUPT menu.
#Optimum climb mode: above the HUD on the airspeed indication will display the optimal speed in indicated knots to climb at.
#Home waypoint selector. A waypoint can be selected as the "home" waypoint. When the FPAS calculates there will be 2,000lbs of fuel left when reaching the home waypoint if the plane were to turn toward it then, then the "HOME FUEL" advisory will display.
#Optimum range and endurance information. This is the optimum barometric altitude and Mach number at said altitude to fly to travel as far as possible (range) or as long as possible (endurance). "TO 2,000LBS" displays the range in nautical miles left (range) and the time in HH:MM (endurance) until the aircraft will reach 2,000lbs of fuel. When below 2,500lbs, it will become "TO 0LBS".
#Current range and endurance information. The upper "TO 2,000LBS", at the current flight parameters, displays the range in nautical miles (range) and time in HH:MM (endurance) until the fuel reaches 2,000lbs. Below 2,500lbs, this becomes "TO 0LBS". Below is the "BEST MACH" and lower "TO 2,000LBS/0LBS" indications. This shows the best Mach number to fly at the current altitude to obtain the best range or endurance. The lower "TO 2,000/0LBS" indication displays the range/endurance information if the airplane flew at the "BEST MACH" speeds.
#When a waypoint or TACAN is being steered to, information regarding that point is displayed. "NAV TO" displays the TACAN station/waypoint being steered to. "TIME" is the time remaining to reach the waypoint when heading straight at it, in the format HH:MM:SS. "FUEL REMAIN" is the calculated fuel that will remain when reaching that waypoint. "LB/NM" is the current amount of pounds of fuel being burned per nautical mile (this is always showed).

==Defensive Systems==
The F/A-18C is equipped with various defensive systems: the ALE-47 Countermeasure Dispensing System (CMDS), for the release of chaff, flares, and decoys (the latter not yet implemented), the AN/ALQ-165 Airborne Self Protection Jammer (ASPJ), for jamming enemy radar (not yet implemented), and the AN/ALR-67 Radar Warning Reciever (RWR), for detection of enemy radar emitters and missile launches.

===AN/ALR-67 RWR===
The AN/ALR-67 Radar Warning Receiver (RWR) provides the Hornet the ability to detect radars via the radio/microwave radiation they emit.

====Cockpit Systems====
Behind the control stick is a row of five pushbuttons to control the RWR. From right to left, the options are:
#Toggles power to the RWR.
#Limits the display to the 6 highest priority emitters.
#Not yet implemented.
#Offsets RWR emitters so the bearing is no longer accurate but they are spaced out so they can be read easier.
#Runs the RWR's built in test (BIT). In the event of a failure, it will display a red "FAIL".
There are also three knobs around these buttons. "AUDIO" is intentionally not functional. "DMR" controls the brightness of the pushbutton backlights. DIS TYPE sets the display priority for certain emitter types: airborne intercept (I), anti aircraft artillery (A), unknown (U), and friendly (F).

====EW Format====
[[File:RWR EW Format Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The electronic warfare (EW) format is the primary way of seeing the output of the RWR.
#AN/ALR-67 status indicator. "OFF" indicates no power and "RCV" means it is on and receiving.
#RWR display. It is a top-down display with ticks around it in half-hour clock directions (the top tick is always 12 o'clock). A representation of the aircraft is placed in the center. Emitters are displayed as NATO standard alphabetical and/or numerical identifiers for various emitter types. There are three 'bands' of the display:
##Along the outermost ring is the "non-lethal" band, which is emitters determined not to be lethal or critical.
##Along the outside of the next ring is the "lethal" band, which is emitters determined to be locking onto the aircraft.
##Along the inside of the next ring is the "critical" band, which is emitters determined to be launching radar-guided missiles at the aircraft. Critical emitters will have a flashing line coming out of them and to their bearing.
#Displays the DIS TYPE knob setting and pushbutton display settings.
#Toggles HUD emitter indications.
Additionally, emitters will have special symbology indicating their type:
*'''Triangle above:''' hostile aircraft
*'''Half-circle above:''' friendly aircraft
*'''Staple above:''' unknown aircraft
*'''Triangle and rectangle without a bottom:''' surface to air missile (SAM)
*'''Upside down "T" with small flipped "V":''' Early warning search radar
*'''Line above with two small lines pointing up:''' anti aircraft artillery (AAA)
*'''Line below:''' sea-based

=====HUD EW Indications=====
When selected on the EW format, emitters and their bearing will be displayed on the HUD in the same top-down format.
*Short, solid line: non-critical
*Long, dashed line with a half-circle under emitter: lethal
*Long, solid line with a half-circle under emitter: critical

====Standby RWR Indicator====
A standby RWR indicator in the standby instrument cluster under the right DDI is an analog RWR display. It displays the same as the EW format, except additional indications will show as a single letter for the DIS KNOB and pushbutton display settings. A "B" is displayed in the case of a failure and a "T" is displayed in the case of a thermal overheat of the RWR or countermeasures computer. Emitter category symbols are also not shown on this display.

====RWR Annunciator Panel====
Above the right DDI is a set of lights indicating what type of emitters is in the lethal or critical band: surface to air missile (SAM), anti aircraft artillery (AAA), and continuous wave radar (CW).

====Audio Tones====
Accompanying the RWR are various audio feedback tones:
*'''Single Beep:''' A new emitter has been detected.
*'''Double Beep:''' An emitter previously detected is no longer detected.
*'''Repeating Beep:''' An emitter is in the lethal band.
*'''Faster Repeating Beep:''' An emitter is in the critical band or an independent self-guided missile targeting the aircraft has been detected.
On the left console audio panel, the RWR knob will control the volume of the RWR tones.

===ALE-47 CMDS===
The ALE-47 Countermeasure Dispense System (CMDS) controls the release of the F/A-18's chaff, flares, and decoys. It is configured via the electronic warfare (EW) format. For the ALE-47 to release any countermeasures, the master arm must be set to arm.

====Cockpit Controls====
Located below the AMPCD is the dispenser switch, which controls power to the ALE-47. It has three positions:
*'''OFF:''' The ALE-47 is off.
*'''ON:''' The ALE-47 is powered on. It runs a built in test (BIT) before going to standby mode.
*'''BYPASS:''' The ALE-47 is powered on and put into bypass mode, allowing for direct countermeasure control. In bypass mode, the dispense switch on the throttle will release a single chaff when pushed forward and a single flare when pushed aft.
Additionally there is the "ECM JETT" button, which will dispense all flares as quickly as possible in an emergency. This is not intended for actual use as a countermeasure dispense option, but to reduce the risk of fire when the aircraft is damaged.

On the left wall there is a red "DISP" button, which will release all countermeasures over time. It is slower than the ECM JETT button and can be effective as a countermeasure option.

====ALE-47 EW Format Options====
[[File:ALE47 EW Format Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The ALE-47 is primarily manipulated via the electronic warfare (EW) format. These options are only displayed when the ALE-47 option is boxed, except the mode option.
#ALE-47 option. Allows for modes and countermeasure profiles to be changed. When the ALE-47 is off, it will be crossed out and display "OFF" below. When it is running its BIT, it will display "SF TEST" and then "PBIT GO" or "NO GO" depending on the result. When it is on and not running its BIT, it will display its mode: STBY, MAN and the current profile, S/A, or AUTO. When the ALE-47 is in bypass mode, a single line will run through the ALE-47 option.
#Current chaff and flare count. Only displayed when the dispense switch is ON.
#Current decoy count in the O1 and O2 slots. Only displayed when the dispense switch is ON.
#Displays the ARM subformat, allowing for the customization of the five countermeasure profiles. Allows for flare, chaff, O1, and O2 count, and number of times to repeat and interval in seconds to do so. Pressing the "SAVE" option is required.
#Cycles the manual profiles.
#Cycles the ALE-47 mode.

=====Modes=====
The ALE-47 has multiple modes.
*'''STBY:''' Standby mode. The system is powered on but will dispense no countermeasures.
*'''MAN:''' Manual profile mode. Dispenser switch on the throttle aft will activate the selected profile. Forward will activate profile 5.
*'''S/A:''' Not yet implemented.
*'''AUTO:''' Not yet implemented.

====Saving ALE-47 Profiles====
Countermeasure profiles can be configured and then saved so that they are default whenever starting the DCS F/A-18.

===== Editing Default Profiles=====
Please note that you can also edit your countermeasures outside of the game; normally if you close the game down you lose the editing to your countermeasure profiles that you have done in game. If you find you have a particular setup that you would like to keep (forever), rather than the default setup that comes in the F18, you can edit the .lua file and change the defaults to suit your preference. For example, we can tone down the amount of countermeasures used, so that we have more time we can use the countermeasure profile before you run out of flares / chaff (but it could make the profile overall less useful).

To edit a .lua file we are first going to need an adequate text editor; although you may be familiar with using notepad, I would instead recommend installing and using notepad++. The reason for using notepad++ is that the normal notepad does not respect the original file structure (so basically, newlines / enters as well as spacing) in some cases, and as such the file may become unusable if you try to edit and save the file this way. Notepad++ instead keeps the original file structure intact.

The file we wish to edit is the '''CMDS_ALE47.lua''' file; but before you start editing it please make a backup of it first. This file can be found in the path
(\Eagle Dynamics\DCS World OpenBeta ) \Mods\aircraft\FA-18C\Cockpit\Scripts\TEWS\device

Once you have made a backup file of the original .lua file, we can start editing it as we see fit. Please note that we '''do not want to edit anything besides the numbers''', as editing anything else the file unusable. Technically, you should be able to rename the comments (ie the text following the double hyphens ''-- Default manual presets''), but I would simply refrain from doing so and only edit the actual profile.

The profiles we are interested in (potentially) editing are manual profiles 1 through 6 (you could edit the auto presets as well, but I find it less useful). Please note that the following profiles can be accessed directly in the cockpit correspond to the following:
(manual) Program 1 is CMS aft (Countermeasures aft).
(manual) Program 5 is CMS forward (Countermeasures forward).
(manual) Program 6 is DISP button (Big Friendly Dispenser button on the left side of the cockpit).

Now onto the actual formatting of a countermeasure profile; note that they all function the same, but they all work for different profile. Let's take manual profile 1 as an example:
-- MAN 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1] = {}
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["chaff"] = 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["flare"] = 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["intv"] = 1.0
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["cycle"] = 10
The ProgramNames.MAN_1 refers to the fact this is the first manual profile (ProgramNames.MAN_2 being the second manual profile, and ProgramNames.AUTO_1 being the first auto profile; though again we probably do not want to edit those).

The chaff and flare values refer to how much flare and chaff is dispensed, but this is the amount dispensed per cycle and not the total amount dispensed. For our example (manual profile 1) we have 1 flare and 1 chaff dispensed per cycle, but we have a total of 10 cycles (cycle = 10). This means that the profile runs for 10 cycles total, during each cycle dispensing 1 chaff and 1 flare (thus expending a grand total of 10 chaff and 10 flares). The interval (intv) value is the time delay in seconds between each cycle; as in our example profile it is set to 1 (1.0), we have a profile that runs for 10 seconds, each second expending a chaff and a flare.

Overall that seems rather wasteful to me, so lets come up with a more sensible and conservative profile (but perhaps less effective) so that we can enjoy our countermeasures a bit longer:
-- MAN 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1] = {}
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["chaff"] = 0
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["flare"] = 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["intv"] = 0.8
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["cycle"] = 5
As you may have noticed nearly all manual profiles expend both chaff and flare at the same time, which I absolutely hate: you are almost never in the situation where you are being engaged by both radar-guided missiles and infrared seeking missiles, so I prefer to split my countermeasure profiles accordingly. In my revised profile I run the profile for 4 seconds total: each cycle lasts 0.8 seconds, and during a cycle I only dispense a singular flare.

=====Saving Edited Profiles=====
Now, our last thing we have to realise is that although this profile is saved from deletion if we open and close our game (or hop into a brand new F-18), it will be deleted once DCS updates. However, we can save it from being deleted, by making it into a mod (modification)! To do this we will need yet another tool, called OVGME: this is a tool that many people who wish to mod their game use to, well, mod their game.

The installation of OVGME is largely self-guiding (but there will be tutorials for it), but the gist is that we end up with a profile folder and a mod folder for DCS. The profile tells OVGME which game we wish to mod, where to find this game and where the folder is that we are going to store our mods in. The mod folder is where we store our mods that we wish to use.

So if we wish to save our edited countermeasures profile, all we have to do is make a new mod for it! In the OVGME DCS mods folder you have made, we wish to recreate the folder structure pointing to our CMDS_ALE47.lua file. This has to be done with the DCS World (Openbeta) folder as our begin folder (or root); all these folders will be empty, except for the last folder, as in there we will place our edited CMDS_ALE47.lua file.

The first folder we will make in the DCS mod folder is the mod folder itself, so I recommend naming it something like "''Nanne118's totally awesome countermeasure mod for the F18''" or something equally easy to remember. Now all we do is replicate the folder structure until we get to the CMDS_ALE47.lua file location: we do not have to copy in every file, as OVGME is smart enough to only replace the actual files in the mod. Equally you do not want to just copy over the existing folder structure from the DCS World install location, as you will be copying over all the files as well. You could delete all the files, but that would be a whole lot more work.

The folder structure we want to make, with all empty folders, is:
\Mods\aircraft\FA-18C\Cockpit\Scripts\TEWS\device
In the device folder we then paste our modified CMDS_ALE47.lua folder, so that we can get OVGME to overwrite it. The only thing we then have to change is that we have to enable our mod within OVGME itself, so start up the OVMGE.EXE, click the mod, and enable the selected mod.

===AN/ALQ-165 ASPJ===
Not yet implemented.

==Targeting Pod==
Not yet implemented.

==Surface Radar==
Not yet implemented.

==Air-to-Air Radar==
The F/A-18C Hornet is equipped with the AN/APG-73 radar. This section will cover its air-to-air capabilities. The Hornet's air-to-air radar can be interfaced via the attack radar (RDR ATTK) format or the azimuth/elevation (AZ/EL) format (the latter is not implemented at this time).

The radar itself is controlled by a knob on the right console. It has 4 positions:
*'''OFF:''' The radar is powered off.
*'''STBY:''' The radar is powered on but not scanning.
*'''OPR:''' The radar is powered on and scanning, and will power off in the event of a failsafe being triggered.
*'''PULL EMERG:''' The radar is powered on and scanning, and will not power off for any reason except physical failure.
When there is weight on wheels (WoW), the radar will not scan, regardless of knob position.

===RDR ATTK Format===
The attack radar (RDR ATTK) format, accessed from the TAC menu and available on either DDI (but not the AMPCD), provides a top-down view of the radar scope - the airplane is in the center and at the very bottom. The separated part at the top is for contacts denying the radar range information (jamming).

The radar has three main modes: range while search (RWS), track while scan (TWS), and velocity search (VS). Only RWS is implemented at this time. The following are the top-level page's common features:
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Current radar mode (RWS, TWS, VS).
#The current radar status relative to the physical radar knob (top) and current radar frequency (bottom).
#The bar setting. The radar is capable of scanning in multiple elevations automatically below the manually designated elevation. The first number and "B" indicates how many bars it is set to; the number after indicates the bar it is currently on.
#Silent option. Selecting this option stops the radar from searching and invokes the "SIL" subformat.
#Current aircraft true heading.
#Currently selected air-to-air weapon (A/A master mode only).
#Current range the page is displaying and (below) buttons to decrease/increase it.
#Sets the bar, azimuth, PRF, range, and aging setting for the currently selected air-to-air weapon, to be defaulted to whenever that weapon is selected.
#Resets the L&S and DT2 target in LTWS.
#When selected, performs an non-cooperative target recognition (NCTR) when a target is put in an STT lock. See [[F/A-18C#NCTR|NCTR]].
#Current aircraft altitude.
#Invokes the "DATA" subformat.
#Not yet implemented.
#Scan azimuth setting. The radar can scan as high as 140-degrees (70-degrees left and right) and as low as 20.
#Radar mode selection (RWS, TWS, VS).
#Current aircraft airspeed in knots (top) and Mach number (bottom).
#Current gain of the radar.
#Pulse repetition frequency (PRF) setting. Cycles between medium (MED), high (HI), and interleaved (INTL). MED has less range but can see targets at all aspects better. HI has a higher range. INTL cycles between MED and HI. With the AIM-7 selected, only INTL is available. When the range scale is set to 5nm, only MED is available.
#Not yet implemented.
#Current radar antenna elevation, allowing the radar to scan higher / lower altitudes. This is manipulated via the antenna elevation wheel on the throttle.
#Vertical bar indicating where the radar is currently scanning.
#Horizon line and velocity vector of aircraft.
#TDC cursor. The number above and below the bars are the altitudes in thousands of feet the radar can see where the TDC cursor is presently placed.
#The lowest range the radar is currently displaying.
Not shown is the surface (SURF) radar selection, shown in the NAV or A/G master modes, which switches to the ground radar mode.
Not shown are the A/A waypoint (bullseye) indications. When an A/A waypoint is designated (see [[#HSI Format|HSI]]), it will appear as a diamond on the radar when being steered to and a circle otherwise. A line coming out of it points north. In the upper left of the format, the true north bearing and range from the A/A waypoint to the TDC cursor will be displayed, and at the bottom center, the true north bearing and range from the bullseye to the aircraft.

====DATA Subformat====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 5.png|500px|thumb]]
#Toggles latent track while scan (LTWS) mode for RWS (see [[F/A-18C#Latent Track While Scan (LTWS)|LTWS]]).
#Not yet implemented.
#Toggles colored elements of the RDR ATTK format.
#Not yet implemented.
#Radar contact aging, in seconds. #If a contact has not been scanned by the radar after this amount of time has passed, it will disappear.
#Declutter options. DCLTR1 removes the horizon line and velocity vector. DCLTR2 removes that and target differential altitude, closing rate, and target heading in STT.
#Toggles a bearing and range (BRA) indication (XXX°/YYY) from the aircraft to the TDC cursor. Bearing is in true degrees, due to the fact AWACS give target information relative to true north.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====SIL Subformat====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 2.png|500px|thumb]]
#The active button commands the radar to complete a single scan and then stop again.
#Not yet implemented.
#SIL is boxed when silent mode is activated. This will exit silent mode.
#Not yet implemented.
#Cross indicating that the radar is not active. This cross will also display when there is weight on wheels or the radar is turned off via the knob, but the SIL subformat is not invoked.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====Search Modes====
=====Range While Search (RWS)=====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 3.png|500px|thumb]]
#Contacts, shown as green, rectangular bricks. These bricks fade in color as they age.
#The erase button clears all current contacts off the scope.
The range while search (RWS) radar mode allows for the ranging of targets while searching, along with limited tracking while scanning capability. Contacts appear as bricks, but can be shown as HAFUs with latent track while scan (see [[#Latent Track While Scan (LTWS)|LTWS]]).

To lock targets, see [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]].

======Latent Track While Scan (LTWS)======
Latent track while scan (LTWS) is an RWS sub-mode allowing for HAFU, speed, and altitude information to be shown about a contact while still scanning for others.

Upon placing a target under cursor (TUC), their HAFU will display and an IFF interrogation will automatically be sent (see [[#IFF|IFF]]). To the left is their Mach number; to the right, their altitude in thousands of feet. Coming out of the HAFU is a line indicating the target's horizontal velocity.

A single press of the TDC depress button on the throttle will designate a LTWS contact as the launch & steering (L&S) target and weapon ranging information will be displayed for that target. After designating an L&S contact, a designated target 2 (DT2) can be designated the same way and the same weapon information will be shown. Another TDC depress on the DT2 will make it L&S, and stop tracking the previous L&S. Designating another target with an existing L&S and DT2 will replace the DT2.

On the HUD and HMD, a square or a diamond (see [[#HUD Indications|HAFU HUD indications]]) target designator (TD) box will be overlayed over the L&S target. An "X" will be overlayed over the DT2.

=====Track While Scan (TWS)=====
Not yet implemented in DCS.

=====Velocity Search (VS)=====
Not yet implemented in DCS.

=====Air Combat Maneuvering (ACM) Modes=====
The radar's air combat maneuvering (ACM) modes are designed to place a target in an STT lock after it is acquired visually.

ACM mode is entered by pressing sensor control switch up when the A/A master mode is engaged. A boxed "ACM" indication and an option to return to search (RTS) is then displayed on the RDR ATTK page. The RDR ATTK page is automatically made TDC priority. ACM mode can be exited via pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick or via the RTS option on the RDR ATTK format.

The following modes can be commanded:
*'''Boresight (BST):''' Sensor control switch up with HMD off. BST places a dashed circle on the HUD. Upon placing a target within 10nm within this circle, the radar will automatically perform an STT lock (see [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]]).
*'''Helmet Acquisition (HACQ):''' Sensor control switch up with HMD on. Functions the same as BST, except the range is 5nm and when the HMD is not placed over the HUD, the circle will be centered on the HMD and move with it (limited by the radar's azimuth/elevation limits).
*'''Long Helmet Acquisition (LHCQ):''' Sensor control switch up for more than 0.8 seconds with HMD on. Functions the same as HACQ, but the range is 10nm.
*'''Wide Acquisition (WACQ):''' Sensor control switch left. WACQ can be caged or uncashed via the cage/uncage button on the throttle.
**'''Caged:''' WACQ commands a space-stabilized (horizontally stabilized to aircraft, vertically to the horizon), 6 bar/15° elevation, 60° azimuth scan in front of the aircraft. It will perform an STT lock on the first contact it detects within 10nm. A rectangle indicating the scan area and the space stabilization is indicated on the HUD.
**'''Uncaged:''' Not yet implemented.
*'''Vertical Acquisition (VACQ):''' Sensor control switch down and, when HMD is on, only from WACQ. Places a dashed rectangle on the HUD extending -13° and +46°. VACQ will perform an STT lock on the first target it detects within 5nm.

Additionally, a special ACM mode called gun acquisition (GACQ) is entered whenever a normal ACM mode is not selected and the air-to-air gun is selected; it can, however, be exited by pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick and then re-entered by switching to another A/A weapon and back. It draws a dashed circle around the HUD which will place the first target it detects within 5nm in said circle in an STT lock. The circle is much larger than the BST circle.

=====Automatic Acquisition Mode (AACQ)=====
By pressing the sensor control switch right when TDC priority is assigned to the RDR ATTK format and the A/A master mode is engaged, automatic acquisition mode (AACQ) is be commanded. "AACQ" will be indicated on the RDR ATTK page and the HUD.

In AACQ, when the TDC cursor is not over a contact, AACQ will, given the current radar settings, place the closest target it detects in an STT lock (see [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]]). If the TDC cursor is over a contact, it will place that contact in an STT. To exit AACQ, another mode must be commanded like ACM or a spotlight search.

====Single Target Track (STT)====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 4.png|500px|thumb]]
#Launch Acceptable Region (LAR). The lines, from top to bottom, are Raero, Rmax, Rne, and Rmin; see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]]. All of these might not be displayed simultaneously.
#Target's HAFU, with its Mach number on the left and altitude in thousands of feet on the right.
#Allowable steering error (ASE) circle; see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]].
#The difference in altitude, in thousands of feet, between the aircraft and the target.
#Closing rate (Vc) with the target.
#Target heading.
Not shown is the memory (MEM) indication, which displays when the target is lost by the radar and it is using its extrapolated position from the radar memory to re-acquire it. Next to the MEM indication is a number, indicating how long it has been trying to re-acquire it, in seconds. The TD box will become hashed.

A single target track (STT) is a traditional radar "lock", where all radar energy is dedicated to tracking a single target. An STT is obtained by depressing the TDC depress button on the throttle once, or in the case of an RWS LTWS contact that isn't L&S or DT2, twice, by using an ACM mode (see [[#Air Combat Maneuvering (ACM) Modes|ACM]]), or automatic acquisition (see [[#Automatic Acquisition Mode (AACQ)|AACQ]]). It is exited by pressing the NWS/Undesignate button on the stick. When in STT, radar-guided air-to-air missiles may be launched with guidance from the airplane.

When in an STT, the target will be overlayed on the HUD and HMD with a square or diamond target designator (TD) box; see [[#HUD Indications|HUD HAFU indications]]. Range in nautical miles, closing rate (Vc), target heading, and weapon Launch Acceptable Region (LAR) (see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]]) are also displayed on the HUD/HMD.

=====Spotlight Search=====
When no target is under the TDC cursor, a "spotlight" search can be commanded by depressing the TDC depress button on the throttle. This will perform a 22° azimuth scan centered on the TDC, with the current bar setting. It is stopped when it picks up a target, in which case it will perform an STT lock on it, or when the NWS/Undesignate button on the stick is pressed.

===AZ/EL Format===
Not yet implemented in DCS.

==SA Format==
The situational awareness (SA) format is a software page providing a top-down view of the area around the airplane. Its main function is to combine the F/A-18's own radar returns and the returns of friendly radars for the best possible situational awareness of enemy aircraft. All radar contacts on the SA format are displayed as HAFUs; see [[#HAFU|HAFU]] for more information on this symbology system.

The SA page also shows some symbology and provides access to some functions identical to those found on the HSI format; see [[#HSI Format|HSI]].
[[File:SA Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
#TDC cursor. The number to the left and right displays the current Mach number (left) and altitude in thousands of feet (right) for the contact currently under the cursor.
#Information about the contact currently under the cursor. The first row is the aircraft type, which will be based off of NCTR or datalink PPLI. The second, for friendlies on PPLI, is the first and last letter of their callsign and number and current fuel state in thousands of pounds; for hostiles, their ground speed in knots and heading is instead displayed. The third row displays the bearing and range (BRA) from the aircraft to the contact. The fourth row, if an A/A waypoint is designated, shows the contact's bearing and range from the A/A waypoint.
#The waypoint currently selected. If an A/A waypoint is designated, it will always be displayed regardless of the currently selected waypoint. The A/A waypoint will have an arrow pointing out of it toward north.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Current chaff, flare, decoy 1, and decoy 2 count. The number represents the physical count of each while the bar is a visual representation of the percentage left, with 100% defined as the amount loaded into the aircraft before takeoff, unless said amount is none. This will show regardless of the dispenser switch position, unlike on the EW format which requires the ALE-47 to be ON and not BYPASS.
#When an A/A waypoint is designated, this displays the bearing and range from the A/A waypoint to the TDC cursor.
#Invokes the "SENSR" subformat.
#Not yet implemented.
 
===SENSR Subformat===
[[File:SA SENSR Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Toggle information being displayed from fighter-fighter (F/F) donors.
#Toggle information being displayed from Precise Participant Location and Identification (PPLI) donors.
#Toggle information being displayed from surveillance (SURV) donors.
#Toggles display of unknown contacts.
#Toggles display of friendly RWR bearings. "OFF" shows none. "NO ID" shows friendly RWR bearings but without the emitter type. "RWR ID" shows friendly RWR bearings with both the triangle and emitter type.
#Toggles display of all RWR bearings, shown in yellow as a triangle with the emitter identifier. This always displays hostiles and unknowns and will display friendlies based on the FRIEND setting. Unboxed will show no RWR bearings, "ALL" will will show all, "CRIT LETH" will show only critical and lethal bearings, and "CRIT" will only show critical bearings.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.

==IFF, HAFU, and NCTR==
This section will cover IFF, HAFU, and NCTR - three systems in the Hornet related to target identification.

===IFF===
Identification, Friend or Foe (IFF) is a transponder technology equipped on most military aircraft, including the F/A-18C Hornet, allowing for one aircraft to 'interrogate' the other, and for the other to reply with a positive response; no response is termed a negative response. Despite the name, IFF does not actually identify foes, as a negative response does not mean inherently hostile, but simply not affirmatively friendly.

The F/A-18's IFF system, to both send interrogations and respond to them, is powered on and off by pressing the IFF button on the UFC and then pressing the ON/OFF button. An "ON" indication is displayed on the scratchpad when IFF is on.

====IFF Interrogations====
In the F/A-18, IFF interrogations may be made on three formats: the situational awareness (SA) page, the azimuth/elevation (Az/El) page (not implemented at this time), and the attack radar (RDR ATTK) page. The target must be in azimuth range of the IFF antenna mounted on the front. On any of these pages, simply slew the TDC cursor with the throttle designator controller over a contact or (in the case of the radar) place it in a single target track lock and press the sensor control switch depress button. This will then send an IFF interrogation to the contact. In LTWS in RWS mode on the RDR ATTK format, interrogation is automatic upon placing the target under the TDC.

On the SA format, the result of the IFF interrogation will show on any contact by changing its HAFU accordingly.


On the RDR ATTK format in range while search (RWS) mode (the only mode implemented at this time), the result of the IFF interrogation will only show when latent track while scan (LTWS) mode is boxed via the DATA subformat and the contact is either presently under the TDC cursor or is designated as the launch & steer (L&S) track or the DT2 track track, or when the target is placed in an STT lock. The track's [[F/A-18C#HAFU|HAFU]] symbol will update accordingly. If the COLOR option is boxed in the DATA subformat, the HAFU will be colored as well.

The HAFU designation will also be [[F/A-18C#HUD Indications|indicated on the HUD]] accordingly when a contact is designated as the L&S target.

===HAFU===
Hostile Ambiguous Friendly Unknown (HAFU) is a symbology system used by the F/A-18 to show what is known about a target when it relates to its status as a friendly or hostile. The four symbols are:
*'''Triangle:''' Hostile (red when colored)
*'''Thick Staple:''' Ambiguous (yellow when colored)
*'''Half-Circle:''' Friendly (green when colored)
*'''Thin Staple:''' Unknown (yellow when colored)

A hostile HAFU will be assigned whenever:
* A negative IFF response is returned, and
** An NCTR print returns with an aircraft type that is on the hostile coalition; or
** A SURV (surveillance, like AWACS) source over datalink also marks it hostile; or
** A F/F (fighter-fighter, like another F/A-18) source over datalink also marks it hostile.

An ambiguous HAFU will be assigned when the aircraft and a donor have conflicting identifications (friendly and hostile).

A friendly HAFU will be assigned whenever an IFF interrogation returns as friendly.

An unknown HAFU will be assigned by default until it is updated by meeting one of the requirements above.

Other symbols may also appear, normally in the center of HAFU symbols. These include:
* A number, designating the threat level of the contact, with 1 being the most threatening. This is only shown for non-friendlies. Threat level will only be assigned to tracks picked up by the ownship radar.
* A star, designating that the contact is the current launch & steering (L&S) target on the radar.
* A diamond, designating that the contact is the current designated target 2 (DT2) target on the radar.
* A small dot, which indicates the ownship radar or fighter-fighter (F/F) donor's radar sees the target.
* A large dot, indicating a surveillance (SURV) donor (an AWACS).
* A large dot on the left side, indicating the HAFU is a Precise Participant Location and Identification (PPLI) donor.

Ownship HAFU symbols are always displayed upside up (half-circle curves downward, triangle points up, top of staple is at top). Over datalink, donor HAFUs from surveillance or fighter-fighter sources over datalink can also be displayed. These show bottom side up. For example, a HAFU with a thin staple on top and a half-circle on the bottom means the F/A-18 sees the contact as unknown and another datalink source sees it as friendly. The color of the HAFU is always based on the ownship identification, unless the aircraft itself does not have the particular HAFU on its own radar.

====HUD Indications====
When a contact is designated as the launch and steering on the radar, a square will be overlayed on it on the HUD and HMD if it has an ambiguous, friendly, or unknown designation. A diamond will instead be overlayed if the target is designated a hostile. If a F/F donor or SURV has a contact locked on their own radar and they also identify it as hostile, then a hostile HAFU symbol will be displayed above the diamond as well.

The shapes are always stabilized to the physical HUD itself, independent of the aircraft bank angle.

===NCTR===
Non-cooperative target recognition (NCTR) is a technology used by the F/A-18 to determine the aircraft type of a contact via its radar. NCTR fires radio waves through the fan blades of an aircraft, and based on the way they are warped by the blades, the Hornet can determine its aircraft type due to the unique pattern. Per its nature, this means an NCTR print can only be performed when about 30-degrees nose on nose or nose on tail (looking through the front or back of the engines).

====NCTR Printing====
In the F/A-18, NCTR is operated from the RDR ATTK format. To use NCTR, the option must be boxed on the main-level RDR ATTK format. When STT locking a contact, an NCTR print will then be performed. The result of the NCTR print can be seen on the situational awareness (SA) format, in the bottom right corner when the TDC is placed over that contact on the SA format.

==Datalink and MIDS==
The F/A-18 has a "datalink" system for sharing information with other aircraft like radar contacts, target identification, and weapon information. Datalink is transmitted over its Multifunction Information Distribution System (MIDS) radios. It is equipped with a MIDS information radio and two MIDS voice radios.

The Hornet primarily uses Link-16, a modern network for transmitting data between aircraft. However, it can also connect to the less advanced Link-4 network to share some information with aircraft using Link-4. There are three main "channels" of Link-16, all transmitted through the MIDS radio system: surveillance (SURV), aka airborne intercept control (AIC), which is contact information transmitted from airborne warning and control systems (AWACS); fighter-fighter (F/F), which is information transmitted from combat aircraft to combat aircraft such as contacts on radar or a ground target designation; and the Precise Participant Location Identification (PPLI) system, which transmits information about aircraft themselves, such their location and fuel state.

===Datalink UFC Options===
The datalink system is controlled via the UFC under the "D/L" menu. The ON/OFF button toggled power to the datalink system. It also provides multiple information fields (not yet implemented).

===MIDS Format===
Not yet implemented.

==Air-to-Air Weapons==
This section will cover the employment of air-to-air weaponry in the Hornet.

Air-to-air weapons are selected via the weapons select switch on the stick. They cannot be fired without the master arm switch in the ARM position. The commands of the weapons select switch are:
*'''Forward:''' AIM-7
*'''Aft:''' Gun
*'''Down:''' AIM-9
*'''Right:''' AIM-120
Air-to-air weapons are fired via the trigger on the stick. With missiles, a single will fire with the trigger depressed. With the gun, it will fire while the trigger is depressed.

===Air-to-Air Gun===
The F/A-18C is equipped with the M61A2 6-barrel machine gun, mounted in its nose. This section will cover air-to-air employment of the gun.

====Air-to-Air Gun STORES Format====
[[File:AA Gun STORES Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
When the A/A gun is selected, the STORES format will display a special format for it.
#Current wingspan setting in feet for the radar not tracking gun funnel. XXX means it has not been changed and defaults to 40ft.
#Current bullet count.
#Round type selection; the gun is only loaded with one type, MK-50 or PGU-28, so this selection is simply informing the computer what type is loaded.
#Gun rate of fire selection. Low (LO) is 4,000 rounds per minute and high (HI) is 6,000.
#This button brings up the wingspan selection option on the UFC. This allows for the wingspan of the radar not tracking funnel to be set, in feet, between 10 and 150.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
====Radar Not Tracking Mode====
[[File:Radar Not Tracking HUD Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The radar not tracking HUD display for the A/A gun displays whenever an STT lock is not acquired on a target.
#Gun funnel, set to specified wingsan on the STORES format, and range indicators for firing. The top dot is calibrated to 1,000ft and the bottom is calibrated to 2,000ft. These are the points the gun rounds are calculated to land at those set distances when the gun is fired at that moment.
#The boresight of the physical gun.
#"GUN" indicates the A/A gun is selected. It is crossed out when the master arm is set to safe or there is weight on wheels. Below is the current gun rounds loaded.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====Radar Tracking Mode====
[[File:Radar Tracking HUD Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The radar tracking HUD mode for the A/A gun displays whenever a target is in an STT lock. It provides radar-guided indications to help hit the target.
#Gun reticle. A circle with a line pointing outward visualizes distance from the target, with the outward line indicating the effective maximum range (Rmax) of the gun. The line pointing inward visualizes the current range from the target. A dot is placed inside the reticle.
#Fluid Omni-Range/Rate Sight (FORSIGHT). The plus symbol in between the two lines is where the gun reticle dot should be placed to impact the target when it is pulling 1G. The offset plus symbol is is where the gun reticle dot should be placed to impact the target when it is pulling 9G; as such, between 1 and 9G the optimum place to aim will be somewhere between the two plus symbols. The lines indicate the maximum predicted maneuver capability of the target to roll 90° left or right and pull 9G.
#Closing rate (Vc) in knots to the target (above) and range to the target (below). When range is below Rmin, a large X is displayed over the HUD.
Furthermore, a "SHOOT" cue will be displayed by the reticle when the target box is within 20ft of an imaginary line between the 1G and 9G offset symbols.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

===Air-to-Air Missiles===
The F/A-18C can carry multiple types of air-to-air missiles: the AIM-9 Sidewinder with infrared guidance, the AIM-7 Sparrow with semi-active radar guidance, and the AIM-120 AMRAAM with active radar guidance.

====Launch Acceptable Region====
[[File:HUD Range Cue Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
All air-to-air missiles have four range variables relative to their effectiveness; these are known as the Launch Acceptable Region (LAR) cues. The maximum aerodynamic range, or Raero, is the maximum range the missile can be launched where it will have the aerodynamic ability to hit the target. The maximum range, or Rmax, is the maximum range the missile can be launched where it will have enough energy to reach the target. The range no escape, or Rne, is the range at which the missile will have enough energy to reach the target if the target were to make a 180° turn. The minimum range, or Rmin, is the minimum range at which the missile would not be able to hit the target.

LARs are indicated on both the RDR ATTK format and HUD when in an STT lock and the RDR ATTK format when the target is L&S or DT2 designated. See [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]] for the RDR ATTK indications.

=====HUD LAR Indication=====
#Raero. When range is less than Raero, this is no longer displayed.
#Rmax.
#Rne.
#Allowable steering error (ASE) circle. Placing the steering dot within this circle is what the plane considers to be an acceptable launch. Around the circle is a thicker line with a small inward pointing line, visualizing the range from the target.
#Rmin. When below Rmin, an large X is displayed on the HUD.
#Steering dot. Placing the velocity vector on this dot will result in an optimal launch. The dot will flash when within 15 degrees of the radar azimuth limit and when within 5 degrees of the radar elevation limit.
#Target heading indication.
#Target closure rate (Vc) in knots.
#Distance to the target in nautical miles.
Not shown is the "SHOOT" cue. When the steering dot is within the ASE circle and the plane is within Rmax, the word SHOOT swill come up. If it is within Rne, the SHOOT cue will blink.

====AIM-9 Sidewinder====
The AIM-9 Sidewinder is short-medium range, infrared-guided air-to-air missile used by the F/A-18. It comes in three variants, the L ("Lima"), the M ("Mike"), and the latest X ("X-Ray"). The AIM-9L and M are quite similar, with the M having some upgrades like reduced smoke trail and better resistance against countermeasures.

The L and M variants can lock a target up to 67° off boresight. The X variant features 90° off boresight launch capability (termed "high off boresight" or "HOBS") and improved maneuverability. The X also features different and more descriptive audio tones.

All AIM-9 variants can be loaded single onto the wingtip stations (9 and 1) and single or double on the outboard wing stations (8 and 2). Thus, the Hornet may carry a maximum of 6 AIM-9s.

=====AIM-9 STORES Format=====
[[File:AIM-9 STORES Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The STORES format displays information about the AIM-9 when it is selected as the current A/A weapon.
#1 A "SEL" over the individual AIM-9 indicates it is the one in sequence and will be the one to fire when the weapon is fired. Pressing down on the weapon select switch will cycle through all AIM-9 stations. When selecting a station with dual AIM-9s, "SEL L" and "SEL R" will be displayed to indicate the left or right missile.
#Aircraft wingform. AIM-9s may be loaded onto the wingtip stations or outboard wing stations.
#"9" indicates an AIM-9 and the letter after indicates the variant. The missile symbol below/above the text indicates what station the AIM-9 is loaded onto.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
=====Standalone Employment=====
[[File:AIM-9 HUD Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#The "9" indicates the AIM-9 is selected. The proceeding letter indicates the type selected (L, M, X). This is crossed out when the master arm is set to safe or there is weight on wheels.
#The amount of AIM-9s currently onboard. If multiple types are loaded, it is the total number for all types.
#AIM-9 seeker indication, showing where the seeker is currently pointing.
The AIM-9 seeker is "uncaged" by pressing the cage/uncage button on the throttle. When caged (default), the AIM-9 seeker will stay on the boresight, or when the HMD is on and not pointed at the HUD, it will follow where the HMD is pointed. When it is uncaged, the AIM-9 will attempt to lock onto a target. If it cannot, it will not uncage; see [[#Audio Tones|audio tones]].

=====Radar Slaved Employment=====
When the radar has a launch and steering (L&S) target designated and the HMD is looking at the HUD, the AIM-9 seeker will be slaved to the L&S target. Like with standalone employment, the cage/uncage button must still be used to lock the seeker onto the target. When the HMD is not looking at the HUD and the seeker is not locked, the seeker will still follow the HMD, and so a target that is not the radar L&S can be locked with the AIM-9 while keeping the L&S designation. When in STT, Launch Acceptable Region indications will be shown like all air-to-air missiles (see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]]).

=====Audio Tones=====
======AIM-9L/M======
*'''Low Growl:''' Seeker is searching.
*'''Loud Growl:''' Seeker sees an infrared contrasting target, but is not locked.
*'''Steady Tone:''' Seeker is locked onto a target.

======AIM-9X======
*'''Static:''' Seeker is searching.
*'''Double Beep:''' Seeker has been moved past 27.5° off boresight while searching.
*'''Repeating Beep:''' Seeker sees an infrared contrasting target but cannot lock onto it (i.e. not directly over it).
*'''Steady Tone:''' Seeker sees an infrared contrasting target and can lock onto it, but is not.
*'''Steady High Pitch Tone:''' Seeker is locked onto a target.
*'''Steady Higher Pitch Tone:''' Seeker is locked onto a target more than 27.5° off boresight.

=====Seeker Cooling=====
For the AIM-9's infrared seeker to correctly function, it must be physically cooled in temperature. This is done by a coolant fluid in the missile, which lasts for 3 hours.

When the master arm is set to ARM, weight is off wheels, and the AIM-9 is selected, the coolant will automatically be released onto the seeker head. The coolant can be manually released by setting the IR coolant switch to the right of the right DDI to the normal (NORM) position, which will release it whenever there is not weight on wheels. The ORIDE position will manually release it even on the ground.

====AIM-7 Sparrow====
The AIM-7 Sparrow is a medium-long range semi active homing radar-guided air-to-air missile employed by the F/A-18C Hornet. 'Semi active' means that it requires the airplane's radar to lock on and reflect radar waves off the target using pulse-Doppler illumination (PDI), as it does not have its own independent radar, but rather a seekerhead that detects the PDI.

The AIM-7 has two variants, the L, the M, and the MH. The M is simply an upgraded version of the L with improvements like better electronic countermeasure resistance and low altitude performance. The MH has further improvements.

The AIM-7 may be loaded single on the body stations (6 and 4), the inboard wing stations (7 and 3), and the outboard wing stations (8 and 2). Thus, the Hornet can carry up to 6 AIM-7s.

=====AIM-7 STORES Format=====
[[File:AIM7 STORES Format.png|thumb|500px]]
A special display on the STORES format is shown when the AIM-7 is selected.
#The "7" indicates an AIM-7 and the letter after indicates the variant. The missile symbol below shows which station the missile is loaded on. "SEL" indicates that station is selected and will fire next. Stations can be cycled by pressing forward on the weapons select switch.
#Allows for the selection of the size of the target (small, medium, large) for the best detonation of the missile.
#Allows for selection of the launch mode. NORM is normal flight to target. LOFT will loft the missile. HELO optimizes the missile to hit a very slow-moving target like a helicopter. NORM and LOFT can be toggled with the cage/uncage button on the throttle.
#AIM-7 test activation. Activates a test on the AIM-7 and crosses out the AIM-7 station indications. When the cross is removed, the AIM-7 has been successfully tested and is usable.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

=====Radar Not Tracking Employment=====
[[File:AIM7 Radar Not Tracking HUD Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Circle indicating the view the radar will have when it enters FLOOD mode.
#The "7" indicates the AIM-7 is selected and the letter after is the variant selected. This is crossed out when there is weight on wheels or the master arm is SAFE.
#The amount of AIM-7s aboard.
#The current launch mode of the AIM-7 (NORM, LOFT, HELO). No text will display when in NORM.
The AIM-7 requires the target to be locked and painted with PDI. However, if the lock is lost after launch, the AIM-7 is launched without a lock, or the FLOOD option is activated while in an STT with the AIM-7 selected and launched, it will immediately enter "FLOOD" mode, which will send forward a pulse Doppler illumination (PDI) scan forward and lock the first target it detects. FLOOD mode can be exited by pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick. The AIM-7 will then guide to this target. A "FLOOD" indication will be displayed on the RDR ATTK format and on the HUD for 5 seconds, and then the straight line (SL) countdown will display on the HUD if a lock is not obtained.

Not displayed is the "GO STT" indication. This displays if the target is being tracked (e.g. with TWS) but is not in an STT lock.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

=====Radar Tracking Employment=====
When fired with an STT lock on a target, the AIM-7 will guide to the target as long as the lock is maintained. When a target is placed in STT with the AIM-7 selected, the radar will switch to pulse Doppler illumination (PDI) mode, which is needed for AIM-7 guidance. PDI will display in place of the PRF setting. At the PRF toggle setting, PDI may also be manually toggled between it and interleaved PRF.

Three timers are are related to the AIM-7:
*'''time of flight (TOF):''' TOF is shown before the missile is launched and is the estimated time the missile will take to hit the target if it is launched then.
*'''time to go (TTG):''' the predicted time to impact after launch or the time to reaching its Raero, whichever is sooner.
*'''straight line (SL):''' the predicted time for the missile to reach its Rmax.

======AIM-7 Radar Tracking HUD Indications======
When a target is locked, a time of flight (TOF)/time to go (TTG) is shown on the HUD in seconds.

======AIM-7 Radar Tracking RDR ATTK Format======
[[File:AIM7 RDR ATTK Format Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
When the AIM-7 is selected and a target is in an STT, the following unique information is shown on the RDR ATTK format.
#Visual representation of the position of the last launched missile missile relative to the distance to the target. This is calculated by the aircraft and is not communicated from the missile itself. Below is its TTG or "LOST" if the STT is lost.
#TOF for the next missile that can be launched.
#Value between 1 and 18 indicating probability of the last launched missile successfully impacting the target.
#Small circle indicating maximum range of the last launched missile's seeker. Only displays in LOFT mode or when the missile seeker's range is less than the range to the target and the target is between Rmax and Rmin.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====AIM-120 AMRAAM====
The AIM-120 Advanced Medium Range Air-to-Air Missile (AMRAAM) is an active radar homing air-to-air missile that the F/A-18C employs. 'Active radar homing' refers to the fact it has its own radar in the nose of the missile, meaning it can guide itself to a target without guidance from the airplane. However, unless the airplane is no longer tracking the target, it will take guidance from the airplane's own radar until a certain point in its travel to the target.

The AIM-120 comes in two variants: the B and the C. The C has upgraded range and tracking capability, and also has slightly smaller aerodynamic surfaces. It can be loaded single or dual on the outboard wing stations (8 and 2) and the inboard wing stations (7 and 3) and single on the body stations (6 and 4). In total, up to 10 AIM-120s can be loaded on the F/A-18.

=====AIM-120 STORES Format=====
[[File:AIM120 STORES Format.png|500px|thumb]]
A special STORES format is displayed when the AIM-120 is selected.
#The "A" indicates an AIM-120 AMRAAM and the letter after indicates the variant (B or C). The missile icon shows what station it is loaded on. "SEL" displayed when that station is selected; with dual mounted AMRAAMs, "L SEL" or "R SEL" is displayed instead to distinguish between the left or right missile. Stations can be cycled manually via weapons select switch right on the stick.
#Radar cross section (RCS) of the targe. Selection of small, medium, and large for optimal missile homing.
#Size selection of the target for optimal missile detonation.
#Not yet implemented.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
=====Radar Not Tracking Employment=====
[[File:AIM120 VISUAL Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
When the radar has no STT lock, the AIM-120 is in "VISUAL" mode. VISUAL mode can also be toggled when there is an STT lock via the cage/uncage button on the throttle. When fired in VISUAL mode, the AIM-120 will attempt to lock onto and engage the first target it detects.
#"A" indicates that the AIM-120 is selected. The letter after indicates the type selected. If the master arm is set to safe or there is weight on wheels, this is crossed out.
#Total number of AIM-120s on board.
#Indicates the AIM-120 is in VISUAL mode.
#Field of view of the AIM-120 seeker for VISUAL mode launch.
 
 
 
 
 

=====Radar Tracking Employment=====
When not in VISUAL mode and with an STT lock, the AIM-120 will be-guided to the target via the airplane's radar for best accuracy until a certain optimal point or if the lock is lost. Once it has gone "active", the AMRAAM will guide on its own radar to the target.

Three countdowns are associated with the AIM-120:
*'''time to active (ACT):''' the time from launch to the time it will go active. It displays before and during launch until the missile goes active.
*'''time to go (TTG):''' the predicted time to impact after the missile has activated.
*'''straight line (SL):''' the predicted time until the missile reaches Raero. This is displayed during a VISUAL launch or if the STT is lost after launch before the missile goes active.

======AIM-120 Radar Tracking HUD Indications======
When the aircraft has an STT lock, the ACT/TTG/SL countdowns are shown on the HUD in seconds. If the STT is lost, a "LOST" indication will show for 5 seconds and then the SL countdown will show.

======AIM-120 Radar Tracking RDR ATTK Format======
[[File:AIM120 RDR ATTK Format Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Visualization of the missile after launch relative to the target. This is calculated by the aircraft mission computer and is not based on information from the missile itself and so may be inaccurate. Below the symbol is the ACT is seconds before activation, an "A" after activation, or "LOST" if the STT is lost.
#ACT for the next missile not launched.
#Value from 1 to 18 indicating probability of missile impact.

==Air-to-Ground Weapons==
This section will cover the employment of air-to-ground weaponry in the Hornet. WIP

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==
* [https://info.publicintelligence.net/F18-ABCD-000.pdf NATOPS Flight Manual]
* [https://i.imgur.com/mLq8d2e.png Startup Checklist]
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/hoggit/comments/8kvmhs/my_fa18c_primer_or_i_read_the_manual_so_you_dont/ I Read the Manual So You Don't Have To ] By MustardCosaNostra
* [https://drive.google.com/file/d/1MVSjjVTikZ00UTeuOIX9Sh2Teo2skIcB/view?usp=sharing F/A-18C Hornet | Armament Matrix] by Twisted-Biscuit

==Wags' Tutorial Videos==
YouTube tutorial videos by Wags, the senior producer for DCS:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=caZCncH6xqM Introduction]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gb1KmccK-3w Cockpit Tour]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SaMBmQxzzPQ&feature=youtu.be Preflight, Startup, Taxi, and Takeoff]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0PwG_SC5TNU&feature=youtu.be HUD, UFC and IFEI]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W4JOEyshsZA ADF and TACAN Navigation]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uXVHwMANFFg&feature=youtu.be VFR Airfield Landing]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gNd84BEFyYE&feature=youtu.be Waypoint Navigation]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwsvRTAsy8Y Rockets and AG Gun]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TuigBLhtAH8 CASE I Carrier Landing]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jPe4k_Zo0MM Air-to-Air Gun]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=em9Kr31nPJE AIM-9 Sidewinders]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NkJhN76B9qo&feature=youtu.be Unguided Bombs]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3SKP0uFdI2M&feature=youtu.be AIM-7 Sparrow Air-to-Air Missile]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y2v9ct9cEzY Auto to CCIP Bombing]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DvlMHnLjbDQ Case III Carrier Recovery]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N3DtCVdz_Rk Flight Performance Advisory System]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Xoze0vm6nY Laser Maverick]

==Feature List==
https://forums.eagle.ru/showthread.php?t=194412&page=2

==HOTAS Configs==
[https://i.imgur.com/oYi6Pt1.jpg SkillSawTheSecond's HOTAS setup]

==SimpleRadio Update==
The [https://github.com/ciribob/DCS-SimpleRadioStandalone/releases/tag/1.5.2.0 latest version of SimpleRadio] has been updated to work with the Hornet.

==Other Tutorial==
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FAKuuaemFUs& DCS F/A-18C Hornet Countermeasures Tutorial by RedKite]
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RYSFiNlXPeg DCS F/A-18C Manual Waypoints Quick Guide by RedKite]
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eg6cydTrtPY& Carrier Lights Tutorial]

==FAQ==
<div class="toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:400px; overflow:auto;">
Click to expand ->
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
Q: '''I can't use afterburners when taking off'''

A:The Hornet uses WOW (Weight on Wheels) to prevent unintentional use of the afterburners. You can manually override this system by pulling the finger lifts on the HOTAS and advancing the throttle.
</div>
</div>

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

F/A-18C

2019-04-18T08:16:17Z

Trashfire:

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

{{ModuleInfo
|modulename=F/A-18C
|modulethumb=An F-A-18C Hornet launches from the flight deck of the conventionally powered aircraft carrier.jpg
|storelink=https://www.digitalcombatsimulator.com/en/shop/modules/hornet/
|trailerlink=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WRRzEZ9bx-U
|guidelink=http://www.mudspike.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/DCS-FA-18C-Hornet-Guide.pdf
}}
The '''F/A-18C''' Hornet is a twin-engine, multi-role, carrier-capable combat jet airplane. It was designed by McDonnell Douglas (now Boeing) and Northrop in the 1970's, and is the only jet in the US inventory to carry both the Fighter and Attack designation (the "F/A" part of the name). The Hornet is a supersonic capable jet, able to reach speeds of Mach 1.8. The Hornet modeled in DCS represents an "off-the-line" US Navy Lot 20 jet, with the OFP-13C software upgrades, circa 2005. It is equipped with the F404-GE-402 enhanced performance engines (which is the more powerful engine that replaced the original F404-GE-400's). The F/A-18C/D served as the baseline for the Boeing F/A-18E/F/G Super Hornets. The Hornet is capable of carrying a wide array of both precision and dumb bombs, A/G and A/A missiles, rockets, and is supplemented with a 20mm cannon mounted in the nose.

The Hornet entered service in 1978, and first saw combat in 1986 over the skies of Libya with numerous Hornets performing SEAD strikes and strike missions. The Hornet again saw action during the Gulf War of 1991, as there were 106 in theater with the Navy, along with a further 84 USMC that were shore-based. It was during the Gulf War that the Hornet was credited with its first air-to-air kills (both aircraft were MiG-21s, shot-down by AIM-9s and AIM-7s). Notably, the aircraft credited with the kills went on to resume their strike mission and dropped their 4 Mk-84s (2,000lb bombs), living up to their multi-role moniker. The Hornet took its first combat losses in the Gulf War as well; in total 10 Hornets received battle damage, which included 3 losses (2 to ground fire, and one very likely to an Iraqi MiG-25). All told, Hornets flew a total of 4,551 sorties during the Gulf War.

Since the Gulf War, the Hornet has been a vital piece of the Navy/USMC inventory, and has seen action in every conflict or operation since then. While it is still in active service with the USMC (and will remain until the early 2030s), in April 2018 the US Navy retired the F/A-18C from combat roles.
__TOC__
<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>

==Weapons List==
===Implemented===
Partially or fully implemented weapons of the Hornet:
* Mk-82 series 500lbs unguided bomb
* Mk-83 series 1,000lbs unguided bomb
* Mk-84 series 2,000lbs unguided bomb
* CBU-99 and Mk-20 cluster bombs
* BDU-33 training bomb
* BDU-45 training bomb
* Hydra 70 2.75 inch rockets
* Zuni 5 inch rockets
* 20mm cannon
* AIM-9L/M/X infrared-guided air-to-air missile
* CATM Sidewinder infrared-guided air-to-air training missile
* AIM-7F/M Sparrow semi-active radar homing air-to-air missile
* AIM-120 B/C AMRAAM active radar homing air-to-air missile
* AGM-65E Maverick laser-guided air-to-ground missile
* AGM-65F Maverick infrared-guided air-to-ground missile
* GBU-10 Paveway II 500lbs laser-guided bomb
* GBU-12 Paveway II 2,000lbs laser-guided bomb
* GBU-16 Paveway II 1,000lbs laser-guided bomb
* AGM-88C HARM anti-radiation missile
* GBU-38 JDAM 500lbs GPS-guided bomb
* GBU-31 JDAM 2,000lbs GPS-guided bomb

===Planned===
Weapons not yet implemented into the Hornet:
* AGM-45A/B Shrike anti-radiation missile
* AGM-84D Block 1C Harpoon anti-ship missile
* AGM-84E SLAM air-to-ground missile
* AGM-84H/K SLAM-ER air-to-ground missile
* AGM-154A JSOW glide bomb
* AGM-154C JSOW glide bomb
* Walleye I ER/DL glide bomb
* Walleye II ER/DL glide bomb
* GBU-24B/B Paveway III 2,000lbs laser-guided bomb
* GBU-32 JDAM 1,000lbs GPS-guided bomb
* AIM-7P Sparrow semi-active radar homing air-to-air missile
* Mk-40 Destructor Sea Mine
* Mk-63 Quickstrike Sea Mine
* Mk-77 Fire Bomb

=HOTAS=
----
The F/A-18C Hornet has a throttle and control stick system for thrust and flight control control. Both have a suite of controls, termed a "hands on throttle and stick" (HOTAS) setup, to control various functions, especially combat-critical ones, without taking the hands off the throttle or stick.

==Throttle==
The Hornet's throttle is located on the left console and consists of two separate levers to control the left and right engines. An aft detent separates engines off and engines idle and a forward detent separates full military power and the afterburners. The off detent has no range, but the afterburning detent has proportional control.

The throttle has the following controls:
*'''External Lights Master Switch:''' 2-position switch. Aft turns off all external lights except the taxi/landing light. Forward allows for the lights to be controlled via the controls on the left console.
*'''RAID/FLIR FOV Select Button:''' A multifunction button depending on the format. It is named after the radar RAID mode and FLIR (both not yet implemented), but is functional with more than those.
*'''ATC Engage/Disengage:''' Toggles the automatic throttle control (ATC) function.
*'''Radar Antenna Elevation Wheel:''' Wheel that controls the radar antenna elevation.
*'''Throttle Designator Controller (TDC):''' A multifunction 4-way "slew" switch, allowing for cursors to be moved in all 4 directions. It also has a depress function.
*'''Communications Switch:''' 4-way radio switch. Forward and aft select the MIDS A and MIDS B radios, while up and down select the COMM 1 and COMM 2 radios.
*'''Cage/Uncage Button:''' Multifunction button. In NAV master mode, cages and uncages the HUD velocity vector.
*'''Speedbrake Switch:''' 3-way switch controlling the speedbrake. The aft position is momentary and the middle and forward positions are permanent.
*'''Dispense Switch:''' Three position switch controlling countermeasures. Both forward and aft positions are momentary.

==Control Stick==
The control stick is located in the center of the cockpit, mounted on the floor. Left and right proportionally command left/right roll to the flight control system (FCS). Forward and aft proportionally command down/up pitch to the FCS.

The stick has multiple switches as part of the HOTAS system:
*'''Trim Switch:''' 4-way hat switch, with up and down controlling pitch trim and left and right controlling roll trim.
*'''Sensor Control Switch:''' 4-way hat switch with a depress function. It has multiple software functions, primarily for assigning TDC priority to the displays.
*'''Air-to-Ground Weapons Release Button:''' Button for releasing air-to-ground munitions, except the gun.
*'''RECCE Event Mark Switch:''' Toggles blanking of the HMD. Named after reconnaissance (RECCE) equipment, which the DCS Hornet isn't equipped with.
*'''Trigger:''' Fires the gun.
*'''Weapon Select Switch:''' 3-way hat switch with a depress, for selection of air-to-air weapons.
*'''NWS/Undesignate Button:''' Controls nosewheel steering (NWS) on the ground and has various other functions in the air, depending on the system.
*'''Paddle Switch:''' Small lever with multiple functions.

=Flight Controls & Landing Gear=
----
==Flight Controls==
The F/A-18C has multiple flight control surfaces for maneuvering the aircraft. It has a "fly-by-wire" (FBW) system, which, opposed to a traditional mechanical or "direct" control system, the inputs given by the cockpit controls are inputted to a computer which then decides what controls to move in order to accomplish the desired maneuver. This computerized system is called the Flight Control System (FCS). The FCS also moves surfaces as a function of the angle of attack to provide the best control.

The F/A-18's primary flight controls are:
*'''Stabilators (STAB):''' Two "stabilators" (stabilizer + elevator) located at the tail move on a single axis independently of one another to control both pitch and roll of the aircraft.
*'''Ailerons (AIL):''' Two normal ailerons located on the outer area of the wings to control roll of the aircraft. They also both droop down to add lift.
*'''Rudders (RUD):''' Two twin, inward-tilted rudders which move on a normal left/right axis to control yaw and are also be pointed inward as a schedule of AOA ("toe-in").
*'''Leading Edge Flaps (LEF):''' Normal slats located on the leading (front) edge of the wings to add lift.
*'''Trailing Edge Flaps (LEF):''' Normal flaps located on the trailing (back) edge of the wings to add lift.
The control stick controls the stabilators, ailerons, and rudder and the rudder pedals control the rudder.

The FCS will limit the aircraft to a specific G-force no matter the control input. The G-limit is based on weight and will not exceed 7.5g. The G-limiter can be overridden as long as the paddle switch on the stick is held down, which will change the limit to 133% of the previous G-limit. This is designed as an emergency system and may be bad for the airframe and/or exceed pilot G tolerance.

===Flaps System===
The aircraft's flap system provides more lift (and as a byproduct, drag). The flaps switch has three positions:
*'''AUTO:''' Without weight on wheels, LEFs and TEFs are moved depending on angle of attack. With weight on wheels, LEFs, TEFs, and aileron droop are set to 0°.
*'''HALF:''' Above 250kts IAS, flaps act as when in AUTO. Below 250kts, LEFs and TEFs drop as a function of angle of attack. TEFs and aileron droop activate based on airspeed; maximum deflection is 30°. With weight on wheels, the LEFs are set to 12°. TEFs and aileron droop are set to 30°. With weight on wheels, rudders are set to 30°. Aileron droop is set to 0° when wings are unlocked.
*'''FULL:''' Above 250kts, flaps act as when in AUTO. Below 250kts IAS, LEFs are scheduled as a function of AOA. TEFs and aileron droop activate based on airspeed; maximum is 45° TEF and 42° aileron droop. With weight on wheels, the LEFs are set to 12° and RUDs to 30°. The TEFs are set to 43° to 45° and aileron droop to 42°. Aileron droop is set to 0° when wings are unlocked.

In the left area of the forward panel there are three flap indicator lights. A green HALF light displays when the flaps move to HALF. A green FULL light displays when the flaps move to FULL. An amber FLAPS light displays when the flaps are not functioning properly in relation to the switch position or the switch is not in AUTO above 250kts.

===Speedbrake===
The speedbrake is a flap located on the top of the aircraft designed to provide drag to decelerate faster. It is activated via the speedbrake switch on the throttle. The three psotitions are:
*'''Aft:''' Speedbrake will extend as long as it is held.
*'''Center:''' Speedbrake will stay in place, unless the flaps are FULL, or the aircraft is pulling 6.0G or more. When the speedbrake is closed and the switch is in this position, it may creep up above 400kts IAS.
*'''Forward:''' The speedbrake retracts as long as it is in this position and will not creep up when fully retracted.
Located above the left DDI is a "SPD BRK" light. This light comes on whenever the speedbrake is not fully retracted.

===Trim===
The stabilator and ailerons are capable of being trimmed to make roll and pitch corrections. This is accomplished with the trim switch on the control stick. The stabilator is automatically trimmed so the aircraft pulls 1.0G when the control stick isn't moved, but manual trim will override this and the aircraft will then trim to maintain that G when the stick isn't moved.

For a field takeoff, the stabilator are trimmed to +12°. The T/O trim button on the left console will trim the stabilators to +12° and place all other trim at 0°.

The rudders can also be trimmed via a knob on the left console that surrounds the T/O trim button.

===FCS Format===
Section WIP.

===Wing Fold===
Primarily for carrier operations to conserve space, the F/A-18's wings are capable of folding upward. This is accomplished via the wing fold lever on the right side of the cockpit. It has three positions which can only be alternated by pulling the lever out, which unlocks the wings.
*'''FOLD:''' The wings fold.
*'''HOLD:''' The wings are held in the present position.
*'''SPREAD:''' The wings unfold.

==Landing Gear==
The F/A-18 has retractable landing gear with three arms, the nose gear, the left gear, and the right gear. The left and right gear have large suspension and are designed to take heavy impacts, upwards of approximately -600 feet per minute, due to the aggressive touchdowns of carrier recoveries. The gear is moved via the gear lever on the left side of the cockpit. In the up position, the gear will retract. In the down position, the gear will extend. The gear lever cannot be put up with weight on wheels. The gear will not retract with the arresting hook down.

Controlled by the toe brakes on the rudder pedals, the left and right landing gear have independent brakes. On the nosegear there is a light generally used for taxiing, takeoff, and landing, termed the TAXI/LDG light. It is turned on and off via the switch on the left side of the cockpit.

===Nosewheel Steering===
The nose gear features nosewheel steering (NWS) controlled by the rudder pedals. When NWS is enabled, an "NWS" indication will be displayed on the HUD. When in NWS LO, the default mode, the NWS can turn left/right 16°. When in NWS HI, which when enabled is indicated on the HUD by an "NWS HI" indication, the NWS can turn left/right 75°.

With weight off wheels, it is disengaged. It automatically engages upon there being weight on wheels. NWS is disengaged manually via the paddle switch on the stick. NWS LO is engaged manually via momentarily pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick. With the wing fold handle in the FOLD or HOLD positions, pressing the NWS/undesignate button will toggle NWS HI. With the wing fold handle in the SPREAD position, NWS HI is activated as long as the NWS/undesignate button is held. With the launch bar extended, NWS HI cannot be engaged. NWS LO is automatically disengaged but is engaged as long as the NWS/undesignate button is held.

=Autopilot and Autothrottle=
----
The F/A-18 has the ability to automate certain types of flight via its Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) and Automatic Throttle Control (ATC). The AFCS, or simply the autopilot, controls the flight surfaces and the ATC controls the throttles.

==AFCS==
The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), or just the "autopilot", controls the aircraft's flight controls to automate maneuvering. It is interfaced on the UFC via the A/P button. The most basic mode of the AFCS is control stick steering, or CSS. CSS will attempt to maintain the pitch and roll of the aircraft without manual stick input. Roll input is dampened and pitch input is severely dampened. Forward or aft stick deflection beyond a certain point will disengage CSS. CSS is engaged by pressing the UFC ON/OFF button in the A/P menu. In the A/P menu, there are five main autopilot modes, toggled by pressing the option select button next to their window.
*'''Attitude Hold (ATTH):''' maintains the current pitch attitude plus or minus 45° and the current bank angle plus or minus 70°.
*'''Heading Select (HSEL):''' steers to the current heading selected by the heading select switch. The current heading can be viewed on the HSI format (see [[#HSI Format|HSI]]).
*'''Barometric Altitude Hold (BALT):''' maintains the current barometric altitude between 0 and 70,000ft.
*'''Radar Altitude Hold (RALT):''' maintains the current radar altitude between 0 and 5,000ft.
*'''Coupled Steering (CPL):''' Not yet implemented.

==ATC==
The automatic throttle control (ATC), or just "autothrottle", controls the physical throttles and thereby automated thrust control. ATC is toggled via ATC engage/disengage button on the throttle. "ATC" will appear on the HUD when it is engaged. It can also be disengaged by manually moving the throttles. When disengaged, "ATC" will flash and then disappear. It has two modes:
*'''Cruise:''' When the flaps are in AUTO, activating the ATC will hold the current indicated airspeed.
*'''Approach:''' Not yet implemented.

=Aircraft Digital Systems=
----
==Overview==
The F/A-18C Hornet is equipped with an expansive software suite with various pages or "formats" showing different pieces of information and allowing for interfacing with its many systems and weapons.

The Hornet interacts with these systems via the two tri-color (green, red, and yellow) digital display indicators (DDIs) on the left and right of the cockpit, and the all-color Advanced Multipurpose Color Display (AMPCD) in the center. They all feature 5 multipurpose push buttons on all 4 sides to interact with the software. All formats can be displayed on all displays, except the RDR ATTK format cannot be shown on the AMPCD.

The Hornet's software is split into two menus, always accessed and toggled between via the third button on the bottom row of push buttons. The tactical or "TAC" menu displays weapons-related systems like the stores management system and the radar, while the support or "SUPT" page displays non-combat related items, like information about the flight controls and the engines. With weight on wheels (WoW) these read "[TAC]" and "[SUPT]" when on said menu; when in the air, below them is a timer counting up from the aircraft startup in the format MM:SS.

On the left DDI, advisories and cautions are always displayed in the bottom left corner.

===TDC Priority===
The throttle designator controller (TDC) switch on the throttle is used to slew the TDC cursor on various formats. To do this, "TDC priority" must be assigned to that display with the sensor control switch. The commands are:
*'''Up:''' TDC priority assigned to HUD (not available in A/A master mode)
*'''Down:''' TDC priority assigned to AMPCD
*'''Left:''' TDC priority assigned to left DDI
*'''Right:''' TDC priority assigned to right DDI
To assign TDC priority, the format on the display must allow for a TDC control. On the DDIs or AMPCD, a diamond with a dot in the center will display in the upper-right when TDC priority is assigned to that display. When it is assigned to the HUD, a dot is placed in the center of the velocity vector.

===Master Modes===
The F/A-18 has three primary master modes, entered via the master mode buttons on the left side of the cockpit to the left of the left DDI. The three master modes are:
*'''Air-to-Air (A/A):''' Entered when the A/A master mode button is depressed or an A/A weapon is selected via the A/A weapon select switch on the stick, and the "A/A" light is illuminated. Removes vertical velocity indication and bank angle indication from the HUD and brings up the STORES format on the left DDI and the RDR ATTK format on the right DDI. Allows for the employment of air-to-air weapons.
*'''Air-to-Ground (A/G):''' Entered when the A/G master mode button is depressed and the "A/G" light is illuminated. Brings up the STORES format on the left DDI. Allows for the launch and release of air-to-ground munitions. Removes vertical velocity indication and bank angle indication from the HUD.
*'''Navigation (NAV):''' Entered when neither the A/A or A/G master mode is selected.

===UFC===
[[File:UFC Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The upfront controller (UFC) is the primary interface with the airplane when typing numbers is needed. It also serves as the interface with various other systems.
#Keypad with numbers 1-9, clear, and enter keys.
#Multifunction display windows and corresponding pushbuttons.
#Comm 1 radio volume (all the way left turns the radio off).
#Comm 2 radio volume (all the way left turns the radio off).
#Comm 1 radio preset selector (turn) and comm 1 frequency selection menu on UFC selector (pull).
#Comm 2 radio preset selector (turn) and comm 2 frequency selection menu on UFC selector (pull).
#Buttons to manipulate various systems on the UFC: autopilot (A/P), Identification, Friend or Foe (IFF), TACAN (TCN), instrument carrier landing system (ILS), datalink (D/L), transponder beacon (BCN; not yet implemented), and a multifunction ON/OFF button (depending on UFC menu selected).
#Transponder ident button (no use in DCS).
#Automatic direction finder (ADF) selector to use the comm 1 or comm 2 as the aircraft's ADF source.
#Scratchpad (shows values entered by keypad).
#UFC display brightness selector (all the way left turns UFC off).
#Emission control (EM CON). Disables emission of any and all radio emissions from the aircraft.

===HUD===
[[File:HUD NAV Master Mode Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The head-up display (HUD) is a projected display at the front of the cockpit that serves as the primary flight instrument. This section will cover the HUD's indications in NAV master mode. Master mode/weapon specific indications on the HUD will be covered in the relevant section.
#Current altitude in feet, displayed above sea level when altitude source switch below the UFC is set to barometric or when it is set to radar and the airplane is unable to read the radar altitude. When the switch is set to radar, it displays radar altimeter altitude above ground and an "R" is indicated after the value. When the switch is set to radar altitude and it is displaying barometric altitude, a "B" will flash after the number. Below the altitude indication, whenever the barometric pressure is changed via the knob on the standby altimeter or the aircraft descends below 10,000ft at an indicated airspeed less than 300kts, the currently set barometric pressure (in inHg) is flashed for five seconds.
#Current vertical speed in feet per minute.
#Heading tape, indicating current magnetic or true heading, based on setting in HSI format. The arrow (magnetic heading) or "T" symbol (true heading) indicates the aircraft's heading.
#Pitch ladder, with the solid line indicating the horizon. Dashed/numbered lines are degrees below the horizon and solid/numbered lines are degrees above the horizon.
#Bank angle indication. The triangle indicates current bank angle. The marks indicate in either direction 5°, 15°, 30°, and 45° angles of bank.
#Peak G-force the aircraft has achieved when the peak is more than 4.0G.
#Current aircraft G-force.
#Current Mach number.
#Current angle of attack in degrees.
#Current indicated airspeed in knots.
#Vertical velocity vector when HUD is caged or vertical/horizontal velocity vector when uncaged (via the cage/uncage button on throttle).
#Ghost velocity vector displaying horizontal velocity of aircraft when the HUD is caged.
Not shown is the "watermark" indicating the position of the nose, which is a "W" symbol shown whenever the velocity vector goes off the view of the HUD or the landing gear is down.

Additionally, when the gear is down, an "E" symbol (called the "E-bracket") is displayed as an indication of angle-of-attack when the velocity vector lines up with it. The top part of the E indicates 9.3° AOA; the middle indicates 8.1°, which is optimal for landing; and the bottom indicates 6.9°. When the AOA is between 9.3° and 6.9°, the normal HUD AOA indication disappears.

====Reject Modes====
Via the HUD reject switch below the UFC, information may be 'rejected' (removed) from the HUD.
*'''NORM:''' Nothing is rejected.
*'''REJ 1:''' Removed outline around airspeed and altitude, Mach number, current G, peak G, and bank angle indication.
*'''REJ 2:''' Removes heading tape.

====HUD Format====
The HUD may be mirrored on any of the displays via the HUD format on the TAC menu.

===HMD===
The F/A-18C Hornet is equipped with the Joint Helmet Mounted Cuing System (JHMCS) as its helmet mounted display (HMD). It allows for HUD indications to be shown no matter where the head is looking and to perform some special functions, like locking the [[#AIM-9 Sidewinder|AIM-9]] missile off-boresight. It features the same symbology as the HUD, minus the velocity vector, pitch ladder, and bank angle indications. Additionally, replacing the heading arrow is a number indicating the heading of the aircraft, when the HMD is not pointed at the HUD. The heading tape itself shows the heading the HMD is looking at. A number above the heading tape shows the elevation in degrees above the horizon where the HMD is looking. Reject modes for the HUD do not mirror on the HMD.

The HMD is turned on by rotating the HMD knob to the right of the right DDI rightward. This knob also controls its brightness. The HMD can be blanked/unblanked by pressing the RECCE Event Marker button on the stick.

====HMD Format====
[[File:HMD Format Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
When the HMD is on, on the SUPT menu the HMD format can be accessed. This allows for control of some HMD settings.
#Sets HMD brightness, cycling between AUTO, DAY, and NIGHT. In AUTO, brightness will automatically be set for best visibility. In DAY, full brightness as selected by the HMD brightness knob is allowed. In NIGHT, half the brightness that would be set for DAY is set with the HMD brightness knob.
#Automatic blanking option. When this option is boxed, the HMD will automatically blank everything except the aiming cross when looking inside the cockpit or at the HUD.
#HMD reject display options; cycles between NORM, REJ 1, and REJ 2.
#No function in DCS.
#No function in DCS.
#No function in DCS.
#Invokes the REJECT SETUP sublevel, allowing the selection of what information is to be displayed on what reject level (NORM, REJ 1, and REJ 2).

==Navigation==
The F/A-18C has a navigation system capable of storing arbitrary digital, GPS-coordinate based series of waypoints, navigating to both ground- and air-based tactical air navigation (TACAN) beacons and non-directional beacons (NDB), using the instrument carrier landing system (ICLS), and the automatic carrier landing system (ACLS) (not yet implemented). Its inertial navigation system (INS) allows for it to determine its own positional parameters. Navigation is primarily done by the horizontal situation indicator (HSI) format and by the HUD.

===HSI Format===
[[File:HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The horizontal situation indicator (HSI) format is the primary interface with the airplane's navigation systems. The HSI can be accessed from the SUPT menu. The basic function of the HSI is a moving map of the world with the airplane's position.
#Line indicating current aircraft heading.
#Diamond indicating current aircraft track.
#Compass with headings in tens of degrees (24=240°) and dots indicating tens of degrees in between said numbers. Along the compass is also a triangle with a circle pointing to the waypoint currently selected and a line indicating the reciprocal bearing. A TACAN bearing/reciprocal is also displayed in the form of a triangle with a "T" and an oval.
#The aircraft.
#Current true airspeed.
#Current ground speed.
#Scale of the display in nautical miles. Can be toggled to cycle through 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, and 160nm.
#Not yet implemented.
#Invokes the "DATA" subformat.
#Current bearing to and distance in nautical miles from the selected waypoint (top), present ETA to said waypoint going in a straight line in the format HH:MM:SS (middle), and the name of the waypoint (bottom). The opposite side of the format will show this same format of information but for the tuned TACAN. Below this will display, when it is being steered to, the fuel remaining at the waypoint and the distance in nautical miles left to begin a descent to the waypoint (based on a 4° glideslope).
#Displays steering information to the selected waypoint on the HUD.
#Currently selected waypoint with an arrow above and below to cycle through the waypoint.
#Designates the currently selected waypoint as the air-to-ground target (TGT). Can be undesignated by pressing the "TGT" button on the HSI or the NWS/undesignate button on the stick.
#Cycles the aircraft's three sequences of waypoints and toggles drawing a line in between them.
#Currently selected course in degrees via the course select switch. A courseline will then be drawn through the current waypoint or TACAN the airplane is steering to (TCN/WYPT boxed); when this is done, a distance in nautical miles and "C" is displayed as a direct distance from the courseline. On the opposite side is the currently selected heading via the heading select switch, for use with the autopilot; the selected heading is displayed along the compass via two boxes. Holding either switch will allow the course/heading value to be entered into the UFC.
#Toggles the auto waypoint function; switches the current waypoint as it is physically passed to the next one and activated the waypoint HUD indications.
#Brings up options on the UFC for time indications to display on the HUD and HSI. Selecting an option on the UFC will toggle its display. The last selection will display on the HUD, while on the HSI both ET or CD and ZTOD/LTOD will display.
##'''SET:''' Allows for the IFEI date to be set via the UFC keypad.
##'''ET:''' Begins a count-up in MM:SS up to 59:59. Paused/unpaused via the ENT button on the UFC keypad.
##'''CD:''' Begins a countdown in MM:SS starting at 06:00 by default. Paused/unpaused via the ENT button on the UFC keypad. The default starting value of the countdown can be changed by selecting the CD option and then entering it via the keypad. The value cannot exceed 59:59.
##'''ZTOD:''' Displays the current zulu time (Universal Coordinated Time).
##'''LTOD:''' Sets the IFEI local time. Select "LTOD" and then enter the desired local time in 24 hour time in the format HH:MM:SS. This will change the minute and seconds for the zulu time as well.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Brings up options for HSI map options: map chart overlay toggle (only visible on AMPCD), track up, north up, decenter (north up with aircraft on bottom instead of middle), and slew (not yet implemented).
#Displays indications for the instrument carrier landing system on the HUD.
#Displays steering information to the tuned TACAN on the HUD.
#Selects aircraft position reference: inertial navigation system (INS), relative to the selected TACAN (TCN), and the air data computer (ADC).
#Not yet implemented.

====DATA Subformat====
=====A/C=====
[[File:AC HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The A/C tab on the DATA subformat displays information regarding the aircraft itself and the inertial navigation system.
#Toggles the terrain awareness system (TAWS).
#Selects radar and barometric warning or "soft" altitudes. Selecting either will allow for a value to be entered on the UFC. When either altitude is reached in a descent, "altitude, altitude" will sound.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Selects between magnetic north and true north as the heading source for the aircraft.
#Not yet implemented.
#Aircraft position source.
#Aircraft latitude, longitude, wind speed, and wind direction, and magnetic variation where the aircraft is.
#GPS horizontal and vertical error and the time according to the GPS.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
=====WYPT=====
[[File:WYPT HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The WYPT tab allows for detailed information about waypoints to be viewed and edited.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Brings up UFC options for the currently selected sequence.
##'''GSPD:''' enter the desired groundspeed in knots to be en route to the designated target waypoint (not to be confused with the waypoint designate/TGT function). This is used in conjunction with TOT. For waypoints in the sequence before it, the required ground speed will allow for the plane to be at this groundspeed en route to the target waypoint.
##'''TGT:''' Designate a waypoint number to be the target waypoint for the TOT function.
##'''TOT:''' Designate a desired time on target in zulu time in the format HH:MM:SS. The HSI will then display a required groundspeed to reach the target at that time.
##'''INS:''' Add waypoints to the currently selected sequence. To add one in between two current ones, enter the preceding waypoint and then the inbetween waypoint.
##'''DEL:''' Select a waypoint to delete from the sequence.
#Designates the currently selected waypoint as the air-to-air waypoint or "bullseye". This waypoint can then be used for reference in communicating target locations.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Brings up UFC options for the currently selected waypoint.
##'''POSN:''' Enter desired waypoint location, first the latitude and then the longitude.
##'''ELEV:''' Enter waypoint elevation. Option is given to enter in feet or meters.
##'''GRID:''' Not yet implemented.
##'''O/S:''' Not yet implemented.
#North/east coordinates of the waypoint, military grid system (MGRS) coordinates of the waypoint (not yet implemented), and its elevation.
#Not yet implemented.
#Entered TOT.
#Entered GSPD.
#Waypoints in the sequence, in order. One will be boxed if it is designated as the target for the TOT feature.

=====TCN=====
[[File:TCN HSI Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The TCN tab allows for information to be viewed about TACAN stations in the aircraft database.
#Not yet implemented.
#Cycles TACANs in the database.
#Frequency of the TACAN being viewed.
#Latitude and longitude coordinates of the TACAN, elevation, and magnetic variation at it.
#Not yet implemented.
#Allows for the coordinates/elevation/magvar to be manually edited on the UFC.

=====MDATA=====
Not yet implemented.

====HUD Steering Indications====
When TCN or WYPT is boxed on the HSI, the range in nautical miles to and waypoint name/TACAN identifier will be displayed on the HUD. Additionally, if no course is designated, a green bar is displayed on the heading tape, indicating the direct bearing to the waypoint or TACAN. When a course is designated, a visualization on the HUD of the course relative to the airplane is displayed, with an arrow indicating the present bearing from the course and two dots on either side of the velocity vector: the inner dot indicates 4° and the outer dot indicates 8°. The airplane is on course when the arrow is aligned with the center of the velocity vector.

===Waypoints===
The F/A-18C can store up to 59 arbitrarily defined, INS-based waypoints in up to 3 "sequences", which are essentially sets of waypoints that allow the waypoints to actually be seen. Waypoints are defined by a set of GPS coordinates and an elevation above (or below) sea level.

Waypoints are indicated by a circle, with a dot in the middle for the one presently being steered to.

Waypoints can be given their own 5-character name pre-flight (in the DCS mission editor), but cannot named in the aircraft. They are numbered sequentially from 1–59.

===TACAN===
Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) is a military radio navigation system. A TACAN beacon allows for an aircraft to determine its bearing and range from it, and using this information can navigate. TACANs may be ground-based or be broadcasted by an airplane. TACAN channels have two bands, X and Y, and range from 1-126. It should be noted the frequencies 68X/Y and 69X/Y interfere with the Link-16 data network the Hornet uses.

The F/A-18C has a TACAN transmitter and receiver. The TACAN antenna itself is powered on the UFC via the TCN option. The ON/OFF button will toggle the TACAN power and an "ON" will be indicated in the scratchpad. In the scratchpad is the current TACAN frequency tuned to, which can be inputted via the keypad.

The UFC also provides the following options:
*'''T/R:''' Transmit and receive. Gets bearing and range from the TACAN.
*'''RCV:''' Receive. Gets bearing from the TACAN.
*'''A/A:''' Air-to-air TACAN mode.
*'''X:''' Tunes the selected frequency on the X band.
*'''Y:''' Tunes the selected frequency on the Y band.

On the HSI, the TACAN station appears as a triangle, with a dot in the middle when it is being steered to.

===ADF===
Non-directional beacons (NDBs) offer simple bearing information from the aircraft to said station. Very high omnidirectional range (VOR) stations also provide this basic NDB information, which can be used by the Hornet even though it cannot take advantage fully of the VOR. The Hornet is equipped with an automatic direction finder (ADF) to indicate this.

In the F/A-18, they can be tuned on the COMM 1 or COMM 2 radios. To do so, the frequency of the NDB/VOR is simply tuned to that radio and then the ADF switch on the UFC is set from OFF to COMM 1/COMM 2. This will then display a circle on the HSI format's compass, indicating bearing to the NDB.

===ICLS===
For night and low visibility operations, aircraft carriers have an instrument carrier landing system (ICLS) to allow for instrument approaches to the carrier. ICLS provides horizontal and vertical guidance. The F/A-18 is equipped with ICLS.

To activate the airplane's ICLS antenna, the ILS button is selected on the UFC and then ON/OFF is used to toggle power to the system. "ON" is displayed on the scratchpad when it is on. Also on the scratchpad is the current ICLS frequency, which can be inputted via the keypad.

When ILS is selected on the HSI, two bars appear on the velocity vector on the HUD, one horizontal and on vertical. These indicate vertical and horizontal deviation from the optimal glideslope (3°) and course to the deck. When they are both aligned with the velocity vector (making a "+"), the aircraft is on course.

===ACLS===
Not yet implemented.

==Flight Performance Advisory System==
----
[[File:FPAS Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The F/A-18C has the capability to calculate flight performance to advise the pilot of optimal speeds, altitudes, and other information. This information is accessed by the FPAS format on the SUPT menu.
#Optimum climb mode: above the HUD on the airspeed indication will display the optimal speed in indicated knots to climb at.
#Home waypoint selector. A waypoint can be selected as the "home" waypoint. When the FPAS calculates there will be 2,000lbs of fuel left when reaching the home waypoint if the plane were to turn toward it then, then the "HOME FUEL" advisory will display.
#Optimum range and endurance information. This is the optimum barometric altitude and Mach number at said altitude to fly to travel as far as possible (range) or as long as possible (endurance). "TO 2,000LBS" displays the range in nautical miles left (range) and the time in HH:MM (endurance) until the aircraft will reach 2,000lbs of fuel. When below 2,500lbs, it will become "TO 0LBS".
#Current range and endurance information. The upper "TO 2,000LBS", at the current flight parameters, displays the range in nautical miles (range) and time in HH:MM (endurance) until the fuel reaches 2,000lbs. Below 2,500lbs, this becomes "TO 0LBS". Below is the "BEST MACH" and lower "TO 2,000LBS/0LBS" indications. This shows the best Mach number to fly at the current altitude to obtain the best range or endurance. The lower "TO 2,000/0LBS" indication displays the range/endurance information if the airplane flew at the "BEST MACH" speeds.
#When a waypoint or TACAN is being steered to, information regarding that point is displayed. "NAV TO" displays the TACAN station/waypoint being steered to. "TIME" is the time remaining to reach the waypoint when heading straight at it, in the format HH:MM:SS. "FUEL REMAIN" is the calculated fuel that will remain when reaching that waypoint. "LB/NM" is the current amount of pounds of fuel being burned per nautical mile (this is always showed).

==Defensive Systems==
The F/A-18C is equipped with various defensive systems: the ALE-47 Countermeasure Dispensing System (CMDS), for the release of chaff, flares, and decoys (the latter not yet implemented), the AN/ALQ-165 Airborne Self Protection Jammer (ASPJ), for jamming enemy radar (not yet implemented), and the AN/ALR-67 Radar Warning Reciever (RWR), for detection of enemy radar emitters and missile launches.

===AN/ALR-67 RWR===
The AN/ALR-67 Radar Warning Receiver (RWR) provides the Hornet the ability to detect radars via the radio/microwave radiation they emit.

====Cockpit Systems====
Behind the control stick is a row of five pushbuttons to control the RWR. From right to left, the options are:
#Toggles power to the RWR.
#Limits the display to the 6 highest priority emitters.
#Not yet implemented.
#Offsets RWR emitters so the bearing is no longer accurate but they are spaced out so they can be read easier.
#Runs the RWR's built in test (BIT). In the event of a failure, it will display a red "FAIL".
There are also three knobs around these buttons. "AUDIO" is intentionally not functional. "DMR" controls the brightness of the pushbutton backlights. DIS TYPE sets the display priority for certain emitter types: airborne intercept (I), anti aircraft artillery (A), unknown (U), and friendly (F).

====EW Format====
[[File:RWR EW Format Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The electronic warfare (EW) format is the primary way of seeing the output of the RWR.
#AN/ALR-67 status indicator. "OFF" indicates no power and "RCV" means it is on and receiving.
#RWR display. It is a top-down display with ticks around it in half-hour clock directions (the top tick is always 12 o'clock). A representation of the aircraft is placed in the center. Emitters are displayed as NATO standard alphabetical and/or numerical identifiers for various emitter types. There are three 'bands' of the display:
##Along the outermost ring is the "non-lethal" band, which is emitters determined not to be lethal or critical.
##Along the outside of the next ring is the "lethal" band, which is emitters determined to be locking onto the aircraft.
##Along the inside of the next ring is the "critical" band, which is emitters determined to be launching radar-guided missiles at the aircraft. Critical emitters will have a flashing line coming out of them and to their bearing.
#Displays the DIS TYPE knob setting and pushbutton display settings.
#Toggles HUD emitter indications.
Additionally, emitters will have special symbology indicating their type:
*'''Triangle above:''' hostile aircraft
*'''Half-circle above:''' friendly aircraft
*'''Staple above:''' unknown aircraft
*'''Triangle and rectangle without a bottom:''' surface to air missile (SAM)
*'''Upside down "T" with small flipped "V":''' Early warning search radar
*'''Line above with two small lines pointing up:''' anti aircraft artillery (AAA)
*'''Line below:''' sea-based

=====HUD EW Indications=====
When selected on the EW format, emitters and their bearing will be displayed on the HUD in the same top-down format.
*Short, solid line: non-critical
*Long, dashed line with a half-circle under emitter: lethal
*Long, solid line with a half-circle under emitter: critical

====Standby RWR Indicator====
A standby RWR indicator in the standby instrument cluster under the right DDI is an analog RWR display. It displays the same as the EW format, except additional indications will show as a single letter for the DIS KNOB and pushbutton display settings. A "B" is displayed in the case of a failure and a "T" is displayed in the case of a thermal overheat of the RWR or countermeasures computer. Emitter category symbols are also not shown on this display.

====RWR Annunciator Panel====
Above the right DDI is a set of lights indicating what type of emitters is in the lethal or critical band: surface to air missile (SAM), anti aircraft artillery (AAA), and continuous wave radar (CW).

====Audio Tones====
Accompanying the RWR are various audio feedback tones:
*'''Single Beep:''' A new emitter has been detected.
*'''Double Beep:''' An emitter previously detected is no longer detected.
*'''Repeating Beep:''' An emitter is in the lethal band.
*'''Faster Repeating Beep:''' An emitter is in the critical band or an independent self-guided missile targeting the aircraft has been detected.
On the left console audio panel, the RWR knob will control the volume of the RWR tones.

===ALE-47 CMDS===
The ALE-47 Countermeasure Dispense System (CMDS) controls the release of the F/A-18's chaff, flares, and decoys. It is configured via the electronic warfare (EW) format. For the ALE-47 to release any countermeasures, the master arm must be set to arm.

====Cockpit Controls====
Located below the AMPCD is the dispenser switch, which controls power to the ALE-47. It has three positions:
*'''OFF:''' The ALE-47 is off.
*'''ON:''' The ALE-47 is powered on. It runs a built in test (BIT) before going to standby mode.
*'''BYPASS:''' The ALE-47 is powered on and put into bypass mode, allowing for direct countermeasure control. In bypass mode, the dispense switch on the throttle will release a single chaff when pushed forward and a single flare when pushed aft.
Additionally there is the "ECM JETT" button, which will dispense all flares as quickly as possible in an emergency. This is not intended for actual use as a countermeasure dispense option, but to reduce the risk of fire when the aircraft is damaged.

On the left wall there is a red "DISP" button, which will release all countermeasures over time. It is slower than the ECM JETT button and can be effective as a countermeasure option.

====ALE-47 EW Format Options====
[[File:ALE47 EW Format Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The ALE-47 is primarily manipulated via the electronic warfare (EW) format. These options are only displayed when the ALE-47 option is boxed, except the mode option.
#ALE-47 option. Allows for modes and countermeasure profiles to be changed. When the ALE-47 is off, it will be crossed out and display "OFF" below. When it is running its BIT, it will display "SF TEST" and then "PBIT GO" or "NO GO" depending on the result. When it is on and not running its BIT, it will display its mode: STBY, MAN and the current profile, S/A, or AUTO. When the ALE-47 is in bypass mode, a single line will run through the ALE-47 option.
#Current chaff and flare count. Only displayed when the dispense switch is ON.
#Current decoy count in the O1 and O2 slots. Only displayed when the dispense switch is ON.
#Displays the ARM subformat, allowing for the customization of the five countermeasure profiles. Allows for flare, chaff, O1, and O2 count, and number of times to repeat and interval in seconds to do so. Pressing the "SAVE" option is required.
#Cycles the manual profiles.
#Cycles the ALE-47 mode.

=====Modes=====
The ALE-47 has multiple modes.
*'''STBY:''' Standby mode. The system is powered on but will dispense no countermeasures.
*'''MAN:''' Manual profile mode. Dispenser switch on the throttle aft will activate the selected profile. Forward will activate profile 5.
*'''S/A:''' Not yet implemented.
*'''AUTO:''' Not yet implemented.

====Saving ALE-47 Profiles====
Countermeasure profiles can be configured and then saved so that they are default whenever starting the DCS F/A-18.

===== Editing Default Profiles=====
Please note that you can also edit your countermeasures outside of the game; normally if you close the game down you lose the editing to your countermeasure profiles that you have done in game. If you find you have a particular setup that you would like to keep (forever), rather than the default setup that comes in the F18, you can edit the .lua file and change the defaults to suit your preference. For example, we can tone down the amount of countermeasures used, so that we have more time we can use the countermeasure profile before you run out of flares / chaff (but it could make the profile overall less useful).

To edit a .lua file we are first going to need an adequate text editor; although you may be familiar with using notepad, I would instead recommend installing and using notepad++. The reason for using notepad++ is that the normal notepad does not respect the original file structure (so basically, newlines / enters as well as spacing) in some cases, and as such the file may become unusable if you try to edit and save the file this way. Notepad++ instead keeps the original file structure intact.

The file we wish to edit is the '''CMDS_ALE47.lua''' file; but before you start editing it please make a backup of it first. This file can be found in the path
(\Eagle Dynamics\DCS World OpenBeta ) \Mods\aircraft\FA-18C\Cockpit\Scripts\TEWS\device

Once you have made a backup file of the original .lua file, we can start editing it as we see fit. Please note that we '''do not want to edit anything besides the numbers''', as editing anything else the file unusable. Technically, you should be able to rename the comments (ie the text following the double hyphens ''-- Default manual presets''), but I would simply refrain from doing so and only edit the actual profile.

The profiles we are interested in (potentially) editing are manual profiles 1 through 6 (you could edit the auto presets as well, but I find it less useful). Please note that the following profiles can be accessed directly in the cockpit correspond to the following:
(manual) Program 1 is CMS aft (Countermeasures aft).
(manual) Program 5 is CMS forward (Countermeasures forward).
(manual) Program 6 is DISP button (Big Friendly Dispenser button on the left side of the cockpit).

Now onto the actual formatting of a countermeasure profile; note that they all function the same, but they all work for different profile. Let's take manual profile 1 as an example:
-- MAN 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1] = {}
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["chaff"] = 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["flare"] = 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["intv"] = 1.0
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["cycle"] = 10
The ProgramNames.MAN_1 refers to the fact this is the first manual profile (ProgramNames.MAN_2 being the second manual profile, and ProgramNames.AUTO_1 being the first auto profile; though again we probably do not want to edit those).

The chaff and flare values refer to how much flare and chaff is dispensed, but this is the amount dispensed per cycle and not the total amount dispensed. For our example (manual profile 1) we have 1 flare and 1 chaff dispensed per cycle, but we have a total of 10 cycles (cycle = 10). This means that the profile runs for 10 cycles total, during each cycle dispensing 1 chaff and 1 flare (thus expending a grand total of 10 chaff and 10 flares). The interval (intv) value is the time delay in seconds between each cycle; as in our example profile it is set to 1 (1.0), we have a profile that runs for 10 seconds, each second expending a chaff and a flare.

Overall that seems rather wasteful to me, so lets come up with a more sensible and conservative profile (but perhaps less effective) so that we can enjoy our countermeasures a bit longer:
-- MAN 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1] = {}
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["chaff"] = 0
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["flare"] = 1
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["intv"] = 0.8
programs[ProgramNames.MAN_1]["cycle"] = 5
As you may have noticed nearly all manual profiles expend both chaff and flare at the same time, which I absolutely hate: you are almost never in the situation where you are being engaged by both radar-guided missiles and infrared seeking missiles, so I prefer to split my countermeasure profiles accordingly. In my revised profile I run the profile for 4 seconds total: each cycle lasts 0.8 seconds, and during a cycle I only dispense a singular flare.

=====Saving Edited Profiles=====
Now, our last thing we have to realise is that although this profile is saved from deletion if we open and close our game (or hop into a brand new F-18), it will be deleted once DCS updates. However, we can save it from being deleted, by making it into a mod (modification)! To do this we will need yet another tool, called OVGME: this is a tool that many people who wish to mod their game use to, well, mod their game.

The installation of OVGME is largely self-guiding (but there will be tutorials for it), but the gist is that we end up with a profile folder and a mod folder for DCS. The profile tells OVGME which game we wish to mod, where to find this game and where the folder is that we are going to store our mods in. The mod folder is where we store our mods that we wish to use.

So if we wish to save our edited countermeasures profile, all we have to do is make a new mod for it! In the OVGME DCS mods folder you have made, we wish to recreate the folder structure pointing to our CMDS_ALE47.lua file. This has to be done with the DCS World (Openbeta) folder as our begin folder (or root); all these folders will be empty, except for the last folder, as in there we will place our edited CMDS_ALE47.lua file.

The first folder we will make in the DCS mod folder is the mod folder itself, so I recommend naming it something like "''Nanne118's totally awesome countermeasure mod for the F18''" or something equally easy to remember. Now all we do is replicate the folder structure until we get to the CMDS_ALE47.lua file location: we do not have to copy in every file, as OVGME is smart enough to only replace the actual files in the mod. Equally you do not want to just copy over the existing folder structure from the DCS World install location, as you will be copying over all the files as well. You could delete all the files, but that would be a whole lot more work.

The folder structure we want to make, with all empty folders, is:
\Mods\aircraft\FA-18C\Cockpit\Scripts\TEWS\device
In the device folder we then paste our modified CMDS_ALE47.lua folder, so that we can get OVGME to overwrite it. The only thing we then have to change is that we have to enable our mod within OVGME itself, so start up the OVMGE.EXE, click the mod, and enable the selected mod.

===AN/ALQ-165 ASPJ===
Not yet implemented.

==Targeting Pod==
Not yet implemented.

==Surface Radar==
Not yet implemented.

==Air-to-Air Radar==
The F/A-18C Hornet is equipped with the AN/APG-73 radar. This section will cover its air-to-air capabilities. The Hornet's air-to-air radar can be interfaced via the attack radar (RDR ATTK) format or the azimuth/elevation (AZ/EL) format (the latter is not implemented at this time).

The radar itself is controlled by a knob on the right console. It has 4 positions:
*'''OFF:''' The radar is powered off.
*'''STBY:''' The radar is powered on but not scanning.
*'''OPR:''' The radar is powered on and scanning, and will power off in the event of a failsafe being triggered.
*'''PULL EMERG:''' The radar is powered on and scanning, and will not power off for any reason except physical failure.
When there is weight on wheels (WoW), the radar will not scan, regardless of knob position.

===RDR ATTK Format===
The attack radar (RDR ATTK) format, accessed from the TAC menu and available on either DDI (but not the AMPCD), provides a top-down view of the radar scope - the airplane is in the center and at the very bottom. The separated part at the top is for contacts denying the radar range information (jamming).

The radar has three main modes: range while search (RWS), track while scan (TWS), and velocity search (VS). Only RWS is implemented at this time. The following are the top-level page's common features:
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Current radar mode (RWS, TWS, VS).
#The current radar status relative to the physical radar knob (top) and current radar frequency (bottom).
#The bar setting. The radar is capable of scanning in multiple elevations automatically below the manually designated elevation. The first number and "B" indicates how many bars it is set to; the number after indicates the bar it is currently on.
#Silent option. Selecting this option stops the radar from searching and invokes the "SIL" subformat.
#Current aircraft true heading.
#Currently selected air-to-air weapon (A/A master mode only).
#Current range the page is displaying and (below) buttons to decrease/increase it.
#Sets the bar, azimuth, PRF, range, and aging setting for the currently selected air-to-air weapon, to be defaulted to whenever that weapon is selected.
#Resets the L&S and DT2 target in LTWS.
#When selected, performs an non-cooperative target recognition (NCTR) when a target is put in an STT lock. See [[F/A-18C#NCTR|NCTR]].
#Current aircraft altitude.
#Invokes the "DATA" subformat.
#Not yet implemented.
#Scan azimuth setting. The radar can scan as high as 140-degrees (70-degrees left and right) and as low as 20.
#Radar mode selection (RWS, TWS, VS).
#Current aircraft airspeed in knots (top) and Mach number (bottom).
#Current gain of the radar.
#Pulse repetition frequency (PRF) setting. Cycles between medium (MED), high (HI), and interleaved (INTL). MED has less range but can see targets at all aspects better. HI has a higher range. INTL cycles between MED and HI. With the AIM-7 selected, only INTL is available. When the range scale is set to 5nm, only MED is available.
#Not yet implemented.
#Current radar antenna elevation, allowing the radar to scan higher / lower altitudes. This is manipulated via the antenna elevation wheel on the throttle.
#Vertical bar indicating where the radar is currently scanning.
#Horizon line and velocity vector of aircraft.
#TDC cursor. The number above and below the bars are the altitudes in thousands of feet the radar can see where the TDC cursor is presently placed.
#The lowest range the radar is currently displaying.
Not shown is the surface (SURF) radar selection, shown in the NAV or A/G master modes, which switches to the ground radar mode.
Not shown are the A/A waypoint (bullseye) indications. When an A/A waypoint is designated (see [[#HSI Format|HSI]]), it will appear as a diamond on the radar when being steered to and a circle otherwise. A line coming out of it points north. In the upper left of the format, the true north bearing and range from the A/A waypoint to the TDC cursor will be displayed, and at the bottom center, the true north bearing and range from the bullseye to the aircraft.

====DATA Subformat====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 5.png|500px|thumb]]
#Toggles latent track while scan (LTWS) mode for RWS (see [[F/A-18C#Latent Track While Scan (LTWS)|LTWS]]).
#Not yet implemented.
#Toggles colored elements of the RDR ATTK format.
#Not yet implemented.
#Radar contact aging, in seconds. #If a contact has not been scanned by the radar after this amount of time has passed, it will disappear.
#Declutter options. DCLTR1 removes the horizon line and velocity vector. DCLTR2 removes that and target differential altitude, closing rate, and target heading in STT.
#Toggles a bearing and range (BRA) indication (XXX°/YYY) from the aircraft to the TDC cursor. Bearing is in true degrees, due to the fact AWACS give target information relative to true north.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====SIL Subformat====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 2.png|500px|thumb]]
#The active button commands the radar to complete a single scan and then stop again.
#Not yet implemented.
#SIL is boxed when silent mode is activated. This will exit silent mode.
#Not yet implemented.
#Cross indicating that the radar is not active. This cross will also display when there is weight on wheels or the radar is turned off via the knob, but the SIL subformat is not invoked.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====Search Modes====
=====Range While Search (RWS)=====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 3.png|500px|thumb]]
#Contacts, shown as green, rectangular bricks. These bricks fade in color as they age.
#The erase button clears all current contacts off the scope.
The range while search (RWS) radar mode allows for the ranging of targets while searching, along with limited tracking while scanning capability. Contacts appear as bricks, but can be shown as HAFUs with latent track while scan (see [[#Latent Track While Scan (LTWS)|LTWS]]).

To lock targets, see [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]].

======Latent Track While Scan (LTWS)======
Latent track while scan (LTWS) is an RWS sub-mode allowing for HAFU, speed, and altitude information to be shown about a contact while still scanning for others.

Upon placing a target under cursor (TUC), their HAFU will display and an IFF interrogation will automatically be sent (see [[#IFF|IFF]]). To the left is their Mach number; to the right, their altitude in thousands of feet. Coming out of the HAFU is a line indicating the target's horizontal velocity.

A single press of the TDC depress button on the throttle will designate a LTWS contact as the launch & steering (L&S) target and weapon ranging information will be displayed for that target. After designating an L&S contact, a designated target 2 (DT2) can be designated the same way and the same weapon information will be shown. Another TDC depress on the DT2 will make it L&S, and stop tracking the previous L&S. Designating another target with an existing L&S and DT2 will replace the DT2.

On the HUD and HMD, a square or a diamond (see [[#HUD Indications|HAFU HUD indications]]) target designator (TD) box will be overlayed over the L&S target. An "X" will be overlayed over the DT2.

=====Track While Scan (TWS)=====
Not yet implemented in DCS.

=====Velocity Search (VS)=====
Not yet implemented in DCS.

=====Air Combat Maneuvering (ACM) Modes=====
The radar's air combat maneuvering (ACM) modes are designed to place a target in an STT lock after it is acquired visually.

ACM mode is entered by pressing sensor control switch up when the A/A master mode is engaged. A boxed "ACM" indication and an option to return to search (RTS) is then displayed on the RDR ATTK page. The RDR ATTK page is automatically made TDC priority. ACM mode can be exited via pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick or via the RTS option on the RDR ATTK format.

The following modes can be commanded:
*'''Boresight (BST):''' Sensor control switch up with HMD off. BST places a dashed circle on the HUD. Upon placing a target within 10nm within this circle, the radar will automatically perform an STT lock (see [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]]).
*'''Helmet Acquisition (HACQ):''' Sensor control switch up with HMD on. Functions the same as BST, except the range is 5nm and when the HMD is not placed over the HUD, the circle will be centered on the HMD and move with it (limited by the radar's azimuth/elevation limits).
*'''Long Helmet Acquisition (LHCQ):''' Sensor control switch up for more than 0.8 seconds with HMD on. Functions the same as HACQ, but the range is 10nm.
*'''Wide Acquisition (WACQ):''' Sensor control switch left. WACQ can be caged or uncashed via the cage/uncage button on the throttle.
**'''Caged:''' WACQ commands a space-stabilized (horizontally stabilized to aircraft, vertically to the horizon), 6 bar/15° elevation, 60° azimuth scan in front of the aircraft. It will perform an STT lock on the first contact it detects within 10nm. A rectangle indicating the scan area and the space stabilization is indicated on the HUD.
**'''Uncaged:''' Not yet implemented.
*'''Vertical Acquisition (VACQ):''' Sensor control switch down and, when HMD is on, only from WACQ. Places a dashed rectangle on the HUD extending -13° and +46°. VACQ will perform an STT lock on the first target it detects within 5nm.

Additionally, a special ACM mode called gun acquisition (GACQ) is entered whenever a normal ACM mode is not selected and the air-to-air gun is selected; it can, however, be exited by pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick and then re-entered by switching to another A/A weapon and back. It draws a dashed circle around the HUD which will place the first target it detects within 5nm in said circle in an STT lock. The circle is much larger than the BST circle.

=====Automatic Acquisition Mode (AACQ)=====
By pressing the sensor control switch right when TDC priority is assigned to the RDR ATTK format and the A/A master mode is engaged, automatic acquisition mode (AACQ) is be commanded. "AACQ" will be indicated on the RDR ATTK page and the HUD.

In AACQ, when the TDC cursor is not over a contact, AACQ will, given the current radar settings, place the closest target it detects in an STT lock (see [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]]). If the TDC cursor is over a contact, it will place that contact in an STT. To exit AACQ, another mode must be commanded like ACM or a spotlight search.

====Single Target Track (STT)====
[[File:RDR ATTK Labels 4.png|500px|thumb]]
#Launch Acceptable Region (LAR). The lines, from top to bottom, are Raero, Rmax, Rne, and Rmin; see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]]. All of these might not be displayed simultaneously.
#Target's HAFU, with its Mach number on the left and altitude in thousands of feet on the right.
#Allowable steering error (ASE) circle; see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]].
#The difference in altitude, in thousands of feet, between the aircraft and the target.
#Closing rate (Vc) with the target.
#Target heading.
Not shown is the memory (MEM) indication, which displays when the target is lost by the radar and it is using its extrapolated position from the radar memory to re-acquire it. Next to the MEM indication is a number, indicating how long it has been trying to re-acquire it, in seconds. The TD box will become hashed.

A single target track (STT) is a traditional radar "lock", where all radar energy is dedicated to tracking a single target. An STT is obtained by depressing the TDC depress button on the throttle once, or in the case of an RWS LTWS contact that isn't L&S or DT2, twice, by using an ACM mode (see [[#Air Combat Maneuvering (ACM) Modes|ACM]]), or automatic acquisition (see [[#Automatic Acquisition Mode (AACQ)|AACQ]]). It is exited by pressing the NWS/Undesignate button on the stick. When in STT, radar-guided air-to-air missiles may be launched with guidance from the airplane.

When in an STT, the target will be overlayed on the HUD and HMD with a square or diamond target designator (TD) box; see [[#HUD Indications|HUD HAFU indications]]. Range in nautical miles, closing rate (Vc), target heading, and weapon Launch Acceptable Region (LAR) (see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]]) are also displayed on the HUD/HMD.

=====Spotlight Search=====
When no target is under the TDC cursor, a "spotlight" search can be commanded by depressing the TDC depress button on the throttle. This will perform a 22° azimuth scan centered on the TDC, with the current bar setting. It is stopped when it picks up a target, in which case it will perform an STT lock on it, or when the NWS/Undesignate button on the stick is pressed.

===AZ/EL Format===
Not yet implemented in DCS.

==SA Format==
The situational awareness (SA) format is a software page providing a top-down view of the area around the airplane. Its main function is to combine the F/A-18's own radar returns and the returns of friendly radars for the best possible situational awareness of enemy aircraft. All radar contacts on the SA format are displayed as HAFUs; see [[#HAFU|HAFU]] for more information on this symbology system.

The SA page also shows some symbology and provides access to some functions identical to those found on the HSI format; see [[#HSI Format|HSI]].
[[File:SA Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
#TDC cursor. The number to the left and right displays the current Mach number (left) and altitude in thousands of feet (right) for the contact currently under the cursor.
#Information about the contact currently under the cursor. The first row is the aircraft type, which will be based off of NCTR or datalink PPLI. The second, for friendlies on PPLI, is the first and last letter of their callsign and number and current fuel state in thousands of pounds; for hostiles, their ground speed in knots and heading is instead displayed. The third row displays the bearing and range (BRA) from the aircraft to the contact. The fourth row, if an A/A waypoint is designated, shows the contact's bearing and range from the A/A waypoint.
#The waypoint currently selected. If an A/A waypoint is designated, it will always be displayed regardless of the currently selected waypoint. The A/A waypoint will have an arrow pointing out of it toward north.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Current chaff, flare, decoy 1, and decoy 2 count. The number represents the physical count of each while the bar is a visual representation of the percentage left, with 100% defined as the amount loaded into the aircraft before takeoff, unless said amount is none. This will show regardless of the dispenser switch position, unlike on the EW format which requires the ALE-47 to be ON and not BYPASS.
#When an A/A waypoint is designated, this displays the bearing and range from the A/A waypoint to the TDC cursor.
#Invokes the "SENSR" subformat.
#Not yet implemented.
 
===SENSR Subformat===
[[File:SA SENSR Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Toggle information being displayed from fighter-fighter (F/F) donors.
#Toggle information being displayed from Precise Participant Location and Identification (PPLI) donors.
#Toggle information being displayed from surveillance (SURV) donors.
#Toggles display of unknown contacts.
#Toggles display of friendly RWR bearings. "OFF" shows none. "NO ID" shows friendly RWR bearings but without the emitter type. "RWR ID" shows friendly RWR bearings with both the triangle and emitter type.
#Toggles display of all RWR bearings, shown in yellow as a triangle with the emitter identifier. This always displays hostiles and unknowns and will display friendlies based on the FRIEND setting. Unboxed will show no RWR bearings, "ALL" will will show all, "CRIT LETH" will show only critical and lethal bearings, and "CRIT" will only show critical bearings.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.
#Not yet implemented.

==IFF, HAFU, and NCTR==
This section will cover IFF, HAFU, and NCTR - three systems in the Hornet related to target identification.

===IFF===
Identification, Friend or Foe (IFF) is a transponder technology equipped on most military aircraft, including the F/A-18C Hornet, allowing for one aircraft to 'interrogate' the other, and for the other to reply with a positive response; no response is termed a negative response. Despite the name, IFF does not actually identify foes, as a negative response does not mean inherently hostile, but simply not affirmatively friendly.

The F/A-18's IFF system, to both send interrogations and respond to them, is powered on and off by pressing the IFF button on the UFC and then pressing the ON/OFF button. An "ON" indication is displayed on the scratchpad when IFF is on.

====IFF Interrogations====
In the F/A-18, IFF interrogations may be made on three formats: the situational awareness (SA) page, the azimuth/elevation (Az/El) page (not implemented at this time), and the attack radar (RDR ATTK) page. The target must be in azimuth range of the IFF antenna mounted on the front. On any of these pages, simply slew the TDC cursor with the throttle designator controller over a contact or (in the case of the radar) place it in a single target track lock and press the sensor control switch depress button. This will then send an IFF interrogation to the contact. In LTWS in RWS mode on the RDR ATTK format, interrogation is automatic upon placing the target under the TDC.

On the SA format, the result of the IFF interrogation will show on any contact by changing its HAFU accordingly.


On the RDR ATTK format in range while search (RWS) mode (the only mode implemented at this time), the result of the IFF interrogation will only show when latent track while scan (LTWS) mode is boxed via the DATA subformat and the contact is either presently under the TDC cursor or is designated as the launch & steer (L&S) track or the DT2 track track, or when the target is placed in an STT lock. The track's [[F/A-18C#HAFU|HAFU]] symbol will update accordingly. If the COLOR option is boxed in the DATA subformat, the HAFU will be colored as well.

The HAFU designation will also be [[F/A-18C#HUD Indications|indicated on the HUD]] accordingly when a contact is designated as the L&S target.

===HAFU===
Hostile Ambiguous Friendly Unknown (HAFU) is a symbology system used by the F/A-18 to show what is known about a target when it relates to its status as a friendly or hostile. The four symbols are:
*'''Triangle:''' Hostile (red when colored)
*'''Thick Staple:''' Ambiguous (yellow when colored)
*'''Half-Circle:''' Friendly (green when colored)
*'''Thin Staple:''' Unknown (yellow when colored)

A hostile HAFU will be assigned whenever:
* A negative IFF response is returned, and
** An NCTR print returns with an aircraft type that is on the hostile coalition; or
** A SURV (surveillance, like AWACS) source over datalink also marks it hostile; or
** A F/F (fighter-fighter, like another F/A-18) source over datalink also marks it hostile.

An ambiguous HAFU will be assigned when the aircraft and a donor have conflicting identifications (friendly and hostile).

A friendly HAFU will be assigned whenever an IFF interrogation returns as friendly.

An unknown HAFU will be assigned by default until it is updated by meeting one of the requirements above.

Other symbols may also appear, normally in the center of HAFU symbols. These include:
* A number, designating the threat level of the contact, with 1 being the most threatening. This is only shown for non-friendlies. Threat level will only be assigned to tracks picked up by the ownship radar.
* A star, designating that the contact is the current launch & steering (L&S) target on the radar.
* A diamond, designating that the contact is the current designated target 2 (DT2) target on the radar.
* A small dot, which indicates the ownship radar or fighter-fighter (F/F) donor's radar sees the target.
* A large dot, indicating a surveillance (SURV) donor (an AWACS).
* A large dot on the left side, indicating the HAFU is a Precise Participant Location and Identification (PPLI) donor.

Ownship HAFU symbols are always displayed upside up (half-circle curves downward, triangle points up, top of staple is at top). Over datalink, donor HAFUs from surveillance or fighter-fighter sources over datalink can also be displayed. These show bottom side up. For example, a HAFU with a thin staple on top and a half-circle on the bottom means the F/A-18 sees the contact as unknown and another datalink source sees it as friendly. The color of the HAFU is always based on the ownship identification, unless the aircraft itself does not have the particular HAFU on its own radar.

====HUD Indications====
When a contact is designated as the launch and steering on the radar, a square will be overlayed on it on the HUD and HMD if it has an ambiguous, friendly, or unknown designation. A diamond will instead be overlayed if the target is designated a hostile. If a F/F donor or SURV has a contact locked on their own radar and they also identify it as hostile, then a hostile HAFU symbol will be displayed above the diamond as well.

The shapes are always stabilized to the physical HUD itself, independent of the aircraft bank angle.

===NCTR===
Non-cooperative target recognition (NCTR) is a technology used by the F/A-18 to determine the aircraft type of a contact via its radar. NCTR fires radio waves through the fan blades of an aircraft, and based on the way they are warped by the blades, the Hornet can determine its aircraft type due to the unique pattern. Per its nature, this means an NCTR print can only be performed when about 30-degrees nose on nose or nose on tail (looking through the front or back of the engines).

====NCTR Printing====
In the F/A-18, NCTR is operated from the RDR ATTK format. To use NCTR, the option must be boxed on the main-level RDR ATTK format. When STT locking a contact, an NCTR print will then be performed. The result of the NCTR print can be seen on the situational awareness (SA) format, in the bottom right corner when the TDC is placed over that contact on the SA format.

==Datalink and MIDS==
The F/A-18 has a "datalink" system for sharing information with other aircraft like radar contacts, target identification, and weapon information. Datalink is transmitted over its Multifunction Information Distribution System (MIDS) radios. It is equipped with a MIDS information radio and two MIDS voice radios.

The Hornet primarily uses Link-16, a modern network for transmitting data between aircraft. However, it can also connect to the less advanced Link-4 network to share some information with aircraft using Link-4. There are three main "channels" of Link-16, all transmitted through the MIDS radio system: surveillance (SURV), aka airborne intercept control (AIC), which is contact information transmitted from airborne warning and control systems (AWACS); fighter-fighter (F/F), which is information transmitted from combat aircraft to combat aircraft such as contacts on radar or a ground target designation; and the Precise Participant Location Identification (PPLI) system, which transmits information about aircraft themselves, such their location and fuel state.

===Datalink UFC Options===
The datalink system is controlled via the UFC under the "D/L" menu. The ON/OFF button toggled power to the datalink system. It also provides multiple information fields (not yet implemented).

===MIDS Format===
Not yet implemented.

==Air-to-Air Weapons==
This section will cover the employment of air-to-air weaponry in the Hornet.

Air-to-air weapons are selected via the weapons select switch on the stick. They cannot be fired without the master arm switch in the ARM position. The commands of the weapons select switch are:
*'''Forward:''' AIM-7
*'''Aft:''' Gun
*'''Down:''' AIM-9
*'''Right:''' AIM-120
Air-to-air weapons are fired via the trigger on the stick. With missiles, a single will fire with the trigger depressed. With the gun, it will fire while the trigger is depressed.

===Air-to-Air Gun===
The F/A-18C is equipped with the M61A2 6-barrel machine gun, mounted in its nose. This section will cover air-to-air employment of the gun.

====Air-to-Air Gun STORES Format====
[[File:AA Gun STORES Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
When the A/A gun is selected, the STORES format will display a special format for it.
#Current wingspan setting in feet for the radar not tracking gun funnel. XXX means it has not been changed and defaults to 40ft.
#Current bullet count.
#Round type selection; the gun is only loaded with one type, MK-50 or PGU-28, so this selection is simply informing the computer what type is loaded.
#Gun rate of fire selection. Low (LO) is 4,000 rounds per minute and high (HI) is 6,000.
#This button brings up the wingspan selection option on the UFC. This allows for the wingspan of the radar not tracking funnel to be set, in feet, between 10 and 150.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
====Radar Not Tracking Mode====
[[File:Radar Not Tracking HUD Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The radar not tracking HUD display for the A/A gun displays whenever an STT lock is not acquired on a target.
#Gun funnel, set to specified wingsan on the STORES format, and range indicators for firing. The top dot is calibrated to 1,000ft and the bottom is calibrated to 2,000ft. These are the points the gun rounds are calculated to land at those set distances when the gun is fired at that moment.
#The boresight of the physical gun.
#"GUN" indicates the A/A gun is selected. It is crossed out when the master arm is set to safe or there is weight on wheels. Below is the current gun rounds loaded.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====Radar Tracking Mode====
[[File:Radar Tracking HUD Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
The radar tracking HUD mode for the A/A gun displays whenever a target is in an STT lock. It provides radar-guided indications to help hit the target.
#Gun reticle. A circle with a line pointing outward visualizes distance from the target, with the outward line indicating the effective maximum range (Rmax) of the gun. The line pointing inward visualizes the current range from the target. A dot is placed inside the reticle.
#Fluid Omni-Range/Rate Sight (FORSIGHT). The plus symbol in between the two lines is where the gun reticle dot should be placed to impact the target when it is pulling 1G. The offset plus symbol is is where the gun reticle dot should be placed to impact the target when it is pulling 9G; as such, between 1 and 9G the optimum place to aim will be somewhere between the two plus symbols. The lines indicate the maximum predicted maneuver capability of the target to roll 90° left or right and pull 9G.
#Closing rate (Vc) in knots to the target (above) and range to the target (below). When range is below Rmin, a large X is displayed over the HUD.
Furthermore, a "SHOOT" cue will be displayed by the reticle when the target box is within 20ft of an imaginary line between the 1G and 9G offset symbols.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

===Air-to-Air Missiles===
The F/A-18C can carry multiple types of air-to-air missiles: the AIM-9 Sidewinder with infrared guidance, the AIM-7 Sparrow with semi-active radar guidance, and the AIM-120 AMRAAM with active radar guidance.

====Launch Acceptable Region====
[[File:HUD Range Cue Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
All air-to-air missiles have four range variables relative to their effectiveness; these are known as the Launch Acceptable Region (LAR) cues. The maximum aerodynamic range, or Raero, is the maximum range the missile can be launched where it will have the aerodynamic ability to hit the target. The maximum range, or Rmax, is the maximum range the missile can be launched where it will have enough energy to reach the target. The range no escape, or Rne, is the range at which the missile will have enough energy to reach the target if the target were to make a 180° turn. The minimum range, or Rmin, is the minimum range at which the missile would not be able to hit the target.

LARs are indicated on both the RDR ATTK format and HUD when in an STT lock and the RDR ATTK format when the target is L&S or DT2 designated. See [[#Single Target Track (STT)|STT]] for the RDR ATTK indications.

=====HUD LAR Indication=====
#Raero. When range is less than Raero, this is no longer displayed.
#Rmax.
#Rne.
#Allowable steering error (ASE) circle. Placing the steering dot within this circle is what the plane considers to be an acceptable launch. Around the circle is a thicker line with a small inward pointing line, visualizing the range from the target.
#Rmin. When below Rmin, an large X is displayed on the HUD.
#Steering dot. Placing the velocity vector on this dot will result in an optimal launch. The dot will flash when within 15 degrees of the radar azimuth limit and when within 5 degrees of the radar elevation limit.
#Target heading indication.
#Target closure rate (Vc) in knots.
#Distance to the target in nautical miles.
Not shown is the "SHOOT" cue. When the steering dot is within the ASE circle and the plane is within Rmax, the word SHOOT swill come up. If it is within Rne, the SHOOT cue will blink.

====AIM-9 Sidewinder====
The AIM-9 Sidewinder is short-medium range, infrared-guided air-to-air missile used by the F/A-18. It comes in three variants, the L ("Lima"), the M ("Mike"), and the latest X ("X-Ray"). The AIM-9L and M are quite similar, with the M having some upgrades like reduced smoke trail and better resistance against countermeasures.

The L and M variants can lock a target up to 67° off boresight. The X variant features 90° off boresight launch capability (termed "high off boresight" or "HOBS") and improved maneuverability. The X also features different and more descriptive audio tones.

All AIM-9 variants can be loaded single onto the wingtip stations (9 and 1) and single or double on the outboard wing stations (8 and 2). Thus, the Hornet may carry a maximum of 6 AIM-9s.

=====AIM-9 STORES Format=====
[[File:AIM-9 STORES Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
The STORES format displays information about the AIM-9 when it is selected as the current A/A weapon.
#1 A "SEL" over the individual AIM-9 indicates it is the one in sequence and will be the one to fire when the weapon is fired. Pressing down on the weapon select switch will cycle through all AIM-9 stations. When selecting a station with dual AIM-9s, "SEL L" and "SEL R" will be displayed to indicate the left or right missile.
#Aircraft wingform. AIM-9s may be loaded onto the wingtip stations or outboard wing stations.
#"9" indicates an AIM-9 and the letter after indicates the variant. The missile symbol below/above the text indicates what station the AIM-9 is loaded onto.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
=====Standalone Employment=====
[[File:AIM-9 HUD Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#The "9" indicates the AIM-9 is selected. The proceeding letter indicates the type selected (L, M, X). This is crossed out when the master arm is set to safe or there is weight on wheels.
#The amount of AIM-9s currently onboard. If multiple types are loaded, it is the total number for all types.
#AIM-9 seeker indication, showing where the seeker is currently pointing.
The AIM-9 seeker is "uncaged" by pressing the cage/uncage button on the throttle. When caged (default), the AIM-9 seeker will stay on the boresight, or when the HMD is on and not pointed at the HUD, it will follow where the HMD is pointed. When it is uncaged, the AIM-9 will attempt to lock onto a target. If it cannot, it will not uncage; see [[#Audio Tones|audio tones]].

=====Radar Slaved Employment=====
When the radar has a launch and steering (L&S) target designated and the HMD is looking at the HUD, the AIM-9 seeker will be slaved to the L&S target. Like with standalone employment, the cage/uncage button must still be used to lock the seeker onto the target. When the HMD is not looking at the HUD and the seeker is not locked, the seeker will still follow the HMD, and so a target that is not the radar L&S can be locked with the AIM-9 while keeping the L&S designation. When in STT, Launch Acceptable Region indications will be shown like all air-to-air missiles (see [[#Launch Acceptable Region|LAR]]).

=====Audio Tones=====
======AIM-9L/M======
*'''Low Growl:''' Seeker is searching.
*'''Loud Growl:''' Seeker sees an infrared contrasting target, but is not locked.
*'''Steady Tone:''' Seeker is locked onto a target.

======AIM-9X======
*'''Static:''' Seeker is searching.
*'''Double Beep:''' Seeker has been moved past 27.5° off boresight while searching.
*'''Repeating Beep:''' Seeker sees an infrared contrasting target but cannot lock onto it (i.e. not directly over it).
*'''Steady Tone:''' Seeker sees an infrared contrasting target and can lock onto it, but is not.
*'''Steady High Pitch Tone:''' Seeker is locked onto a target.
*'''Steady Higher Pitch Tone:''' Seeker is locked onto a target more than 27.5° off boresight.

=====Seeker Cooling=====
For the AIM-9's infrared seeker to correctly function, it must be physically cooled in temperature. This is done by a coolant fluid in the missile, which lasts for 3 hours.

When the master arm is set to ARM, weight is off wheels, and the AIM-9 is selected, the coolant will automatically be released onto the seeker head. The coolant can be manually released by setting the IR coolant switch to the right of the right DDI to the normal (NORM) position, which will release it whenever there is not weight on wheels. The ORIDE position will manually release it even on the ground.

====AIM-7 Sparrow====
The AIM-7 Sparrow is a medium-long range semi active homing radar-guided air-to-air missile employed by the F/A-18C Hornet. 'Semi active' means that it requires the airplane's radar to lock on and reflect radar waves off the target using pulse-Doppler illumination (PDI), as it does not have its own independent radar, but rather a seekerhead that detects the PDI.

The AIM-7 has two variants, the L, the M, and the MH. The M is simply an upgraded version of the L with improvements like better electronic countermeasure resistance and low altitude performance. The MH has further improvements.

The AIM-7 may be loaded single on the body stations (6 and 4), the inboard wing stations (7 and 3), and the outboard wing stations (8 and 2). Thus, the Hornet can carry up to 6 AIM-7s.

=====AIM-7 STORES Format=====
[[File:AIM7 STORES Format.png|thumb|500px]]
A special display on the STORES format is shown when the AIM-7 is selected.
#The "7" indicates an AIM-7 and the letter after indicates the variant. The missile symbol below shows which station the missile is loaded on. "SEL" indicates that station is selected and will fire next. Stations can be cycled by pressing forward on the weapons select switch.
#Allows for the selection of the size of the target (small, medium, large) for the best detonation of the missile.
#Allows for selection of the launch mode. NORM is normal flight to target. LOFT will loft the missile. HELO optimizes the missile to hit a very slow-moving target like a helicopter. NORM and LOFT can be toggled with the cage/uncage button on the throttle.
#AIM-7 test activation. Activates a test on the AIM-7 and crosses out the AIM-7 station indications. When the cross is removed, the AIM-7 has been successfully tested and is usable.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

=====Radar Not Tracking Employment=====
[[File:AIM7 Radar Not Tracking HUD Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Circle indicating the view the radar will have when it enters FLOOD mode.
#The "7" indicates the AIM-7 is selected and the letter after is the variant selected. This is crossed out when there is weight on wheels or the master arm is SAFE.
#The amount of AIM-7s aboard.
#The current launch mode of the AIM-7 (NORM, LOFT, HELO). No text will display when in NORM.
The AIM-7 requires the target to be locked and painted with PDI. However, if the lock is lost after launch, the AIM-7 is launched without a lock, or the FLOOD option is activated while in an STT with the AIM-7 selected and launched, it will immediately enter "FLOOD" mode, which will send forward a pulse Doppler illumination (PDI) scan forward and lock the first target it detects. FLOOD mode can be exited by pressing the NWS/undesignate button on the stick. The AIM-7 will then guide to this target. A "FLOOD" indication will be displayed on the RDR ATTK format and on the HUD for 5 seconds, and then the straight line (SL) countdown will display on the HUD if a lock is not obtained.

Not displayed is the "GO STT" indication. This displays if the target is being tracked (e.g. with TWS) but is not in an STT lock.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

=====Radar Tracking Employment=====
When fired with an STT lock on a target, the AIM-7 will guide to the target as long as the lock is maintained. When a target is placed in STT with the AIM-7 selected, the radar will switch to pulse Doppler illumination (PDI) mode, which is needed for AIM-7 guidance. PDI will display in place of the PRF setting. At the PRF toggle setting, PDI may also be manually toggled between it and interleaved PRF.

Three timers are are related to the AIM-7:
*'''time of flight (TOF):''' TOF is shown before the missile is launched and is the estimated time the missile will take to hit the target if it is launched then.
*'''time to go (TTG):''' the predicted time to impact after launch or the time to reaching its Raero, whichever is sooner.
*'''straight line (SL):''' the predicted time for the missile to reach its Rmax.

======AIM-7 Radar Tracking HUD Indications======
When a target is locked, a time of flight (TOF)/time to go (TTG) is shown on the HUD in seconds.

======AIM-7 Radar Tracking RDR ATTK Format======
[[File:AIM7 RDR ATTK Format Labels 1.png|thumb|500px]]
When the AIM-7 is selected and a target is in an STT, the following unique information is shown on the RDR ATTK format.
#Visual representation of the position of the last launched missile missile relative to the distance to the target. This is calculated by the aircraft and is not communicated from the missile itself. Below is its TTG or "LOST" if the STT is lost.
#TOF for the next missile that can be launched.
#Value between 1 and 18 indicating probability of the last launched missile successfully impacting the target.
#Small circle indicating maximum range of the last launched missile's seeker. Only displays in LOFT mode or when the missile seeker's range is less than the range to the target and the target is between Rmax and Rmin.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

====AIM-120 AMRAAM====
The AIM-120 Advanced Medium Range Air-to-Air Missile (AMRAAM) is an active radar homing air-to-air missile that the F/A-18C employs. 'Active radar homing' refers to the fact it has its own radar in the nose of the missile, meaning it can guide itself to a target without guidance from the airplane. However, unless the airplane is no longer tracking the target, it will take guidance from the airplane's own radar until a certain point in its travel to the target.

The AIM-120 comes in two variants: the B and the C. The C has upgraded range and tracking capability, and also has slightly smaller aerodynamic surfaces. It can be loaded single or dual on the outboard wing stations (8 and 2) and the inboard wing stations (7 and 3) and single on the body stations (6 and 4). In total, up to 10 AIM-120s can be loaded on the F/A-18.

=====AIM-120 STORES Format=====
[[File:AIM120 STORES Format.png|500px|thumb]]
A special STORES format is displayed when the AIM-120 is selected.
#The "A" indicates an AIM-120 AMRAAM and the letter after indicates the variant (B or C). The missile icon shows what station it is loaded on. "SEL" displayed when that station is selected; with dual mounted AMRAAMs, "L SEL" or "R SEL" is displayed instead to distinguish between the left or right missile. Stations can be cycled manually via weapons select switch right on the stick.
#Radar cross section (RCS) of the targe. Selection of small, medium, and large for optimal missile homing.
#Size selection of the target for optimal missile detonation.
#Not yet implemented.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
=====Radar Not Tracking Employment=====
[[File:AIM120 VISUAL Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
When the radar has no STT lock, the AIM-120 is in "VISUAL" mode. VISUAL mode can also be toggled when there is an STT lock via the cage/uncage button on the throttle. When fired in VISUAL mode, the AIM-120 will attempt to lock onto and engage the first target it detects.
#"A" indicates that the AIM-120 is selected. The letter after indicates the type selected. If the master arm is set to safe or there is weight on wheels, this is crossed out.
#Total number of AIM-120s on board.
#Indicates the AIM-120 is in VISUAL mode.
#Field of view of the AIM-120 seeker for VISUAL mode launch.
 
 
 
 
 

=====Radar Tracking Employment=====
When not in VISUAL mode and with an STT lock, the AIM-120 will be-guided to the target via the airplane's radar for best accuracy until a certain optimal point or if the lock is lost. Once it has gone "active", the AMRAAM will guide on its own radar to the target.

Three countdowns are associated with the AIM-120:
*'''time to active (ACT):''' the time from launch to the time it will go active. It displays before and during launch until the missile goes active.
*'''time to go (TTG):''' the predicted time to impact after the missile has activated.
*'''straight line (SL):''' the predicted time until the missile reaches Raero. This is displayed during a VISUAL launch or if the STT is lost after launch before the missile goes active.

======AIM-120 Radar Tracking HUD Indications======
When the aircraft has an STT lock, the ACT/TTG/SL countdowns are shown on the HUD in seconds. If the STT is lost, a "LOST" indication will show for 5 seconds and then the SL countdown will show.

======AIM-120 Radar Tracking RDR ATTK Format======
[[File:AIM120 RDR ATTK Format Labels 1.png|500px|thumb]]
#Visualization of the missile after launch relative to the target. This is calculated by the aircraft mission computer and is not based on information from the missile itself and so may be inaccurate. Below the symbol is the ACT is seconds before activation, an "A" after activation, or "LOST" if the STT is lost.
#ACT for the next missile not launched.
#Value from 1 to 18 indicating probability of missile impact.

==Air-to-Ground Weapons==
This section will cover the employment of air-to-ground weaponry in the Hornet.

=Resources=
----
==Manuals==
* [https://info.publicintelligence.net/F18-ABCD-000.pdf NATOPS Flight Manual]
* [https://i.imgur.com/mLq8d2e.png Startup Checklist]
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/hoggit/comments/8kvmhs/my_fa18c_primer_or_i_read_the_manual_so_you_dont/ I Read the Manual So You Don't Have To ] By MustardCosaNostra
* [https://drive.google.com/file/d/1MVSjjVTikZ00UTeuOIX9Sh2Teo2skIcB/view?usp=sharing F/A-18C Hornet | Armament Matrix] by Twisted-Biscuit

==Wags' Tutorial Videos==
YouTube tutorial videos by Wags, the senior producer for DCS:
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=caZCncH6xqM Introduction]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gb1KmccK-3w Cockpit Tour]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SaMBmQxzzPQ&feature=youtu.be Preflight, Startup, Taxi, and Takeoff]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0PwG_SC5TNU&feature=youtu.be HUD, UFC and IFEI]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W4JOEyshsZA ADF and TACAN Navigation]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uXVHwMANFFg&feature=youtu.be VFR Airfield Landing]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gNd84BEFyYE&feature=youtu.be Waypoint Navigation]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwsvRTAsy8Y Rockets and AG Gun]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TuigBLhtAH8 CASE I Carrier Landing]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jPe4k_Zo0MM Air-to-Air Gun]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=em9Kr31nPJE AIM-9 Sidewinders]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NkJhN76B9qo&feature=youtu.be Unguided Bombs]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3SKP0uFdI2M&feature=youtu.be AIM-7 Sparrow Air-to-Air Missile]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y2v9ct9cEzY Auto to CCIP Bombing]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DvlMHnLjbDQ Case III Carrier Recovery]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N3DtCVdz_Rk Flight Performance Advisory System]
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Xoze0vm6nY Laser Maverick]

==Feature List==
https://forums.eagle.ru/showthread.php?t=194412&page=2

==HOTAS Configs==
[https://i.imgur.com/oYi6Pt1.jpg SkillSawTheSecond's HOTAS setup]

==SimpleRadio Update==
The [https://github.com/ciribob/DCS-SimpleRadioStandalone/releases/tag/1.5.2.0 latest version of SimpleRadio] has been updated to work with the Hornet.

==Other Tutorial==
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FAKuuaemFUs& DCS F/A-18C Hornet Countermeasures Tutorial by RedKite]
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RYSFiNlXPeg DCS F/A-18C Manual Waypoints Quick Guide by RedKite]
*[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eg6cydTrtPY& Carrier Lights Tutorial]

==FAQ==
<div class="toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:400px; overflow:auto;">
Click to expand ->
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
Q: '''I can't use afterburners when taking off'''

A:The Hornet uses WOW (Weight on Wheels) to prevent unintentional use of the afterburners. You can manually override this system by pulling the finger lifts on the HOTAS and advancing the throttle.
</div>
</div>

<center>{{#widget:AdSense
|name=Hoggitwiki header
|client=ca-pub-6997190595986605
|slot=7221930773
|width = 728px
|height = 90px
}}</center>